Skip to main content

Full text of "Facsimiles of the creeds from early manuscripts"

See other formats


^^'®™ 

^H 

1 

"'^^^3^H 

^M 

1 

■■yry-jM 

IHH 

1 

■ 

i   '                           :-: 

','•. 

'    ■ 

■ 

1  : 

■■  ■" 

':  .1 

■' 

\ 

'''"!['. 

1 

-fl 

;  *. 

,1 

., 

= 

" 

■ 

-■"' ■■■'■:■  ,    '- '■' 

HENRY    BRADSHAW    SOCIETY 


;^ounbeb  in  t^t  ^tax  of  Our  Bor^  1890 


for    t^t    iUtirx^    of   (Rare    Bifur^tcaf    Zt]ctB. 


Vol.    XXXVI, 


ISSUED    TO    MEMBERS   FOR    THE    YEAR    igo8, 

AND 

PRINTED     FOR     THE     SOCIETY 

BY 

HARRISON     AND     SONS,     ST.     MARTIN'S     LANE, 

PRINTERS    IN    ORDINARY    TO    HIS    MAJESTY. 


FACSIMILES 


OF 


THE    CREEDS 


FROM     EARLY     MANUSCRIPTS. 


EDITED   BY 


A.    E.    BURN,    D.D. 


WITH    PALAEOGRAPHICAL    NOTES    BY 


The  Late   DR.    LUDWIG    TRAUBE. 


bonbon : 
HARRISON    AND    SONS,    ST.    MARTIN'S    LANE, 
Printers  in  Ordinary  to  His  Majesty. 

iQog. 


4  ^T^^t3 

15  7^ 


LONDOK : 
HARRISON   AND   SONS,    PRINTERS    IN   ORDINARY   TO   HIS   MAJESTY, 

ST.  martin's  lane. 


CONTENTS. 


Preface  ... 


PAGE 
vii 


HISTORICAL     NOTES     BY     THE     REV.     A.     E.     BURN,     D.D. 

I.  The  Apostles'  Creed  : — 

§  I.  Introduction    ... 

§  2.  Creed  of  Cyprian  of  Toulon  (^Cod.  Colon.  212) 

§  3.  Cod.  Bernensis,  N.  645 

§  4.  The  Gallican  Sacramentary  {Cod.  Paris,  lat.  13246) 

§  5.  The  Gallican  Missal  {Cod.  Vatic.  Pal.  lat.  493) 

§  6.  The  Sacramentary  of  Gellone  {Cod.  Paris,  lat.  12048) 

§  7.  'Y\i&(Zxt.^A  o{Yx\mm\\xs,{Cod.  Einsidlensis,  199)    ... 

§  8.  Conclusions 

II.  The  Nicene  Creed  in  (i)  Cod.  Vatic,  lat.  1322  ;  (ii)  Cod.  Tolos.  364; 

§   I.  The  Creed  of  the  Nicene  Council     ... 
§   2.  The  Constantinopolitanum 


III.  The  Athanasian  Creed: — 

§   I.  Introduction    ... 

§  2.  Leidrat's  MS 

§  3.  Cod.  Petriburg.  Q.  I.  15 

§  4.  Cod.  Monacensis  lat.  6298 

§  5-  Cod.  Ambrosianus,  O.  212  sup. 

§  6.  Conclusions     ... 


I 

2 
3 
4 
6 
8 

ID 
12 


13 
IS 


18 

18 
20 
21 
22 
23 


PALAEOGRAPHICAL  NOTES  BY  THE  LATE  DR.  LUDWIG  TRAUBE. 

I.  Facsimiles  of  the  Apostles'  Creed  : — 

§   I.  Introduction    ... 

§  2.  Cod.  Bernensis,  N.  645 

§  3.  Cod.  Paris,  lat.  \  12^6  '.         


27 
27 
28 


MJe35988 


VI  CONTENTS. 

PAGE. 
§4.   Cod.  Vatic.  Pal.  lat.  i\gi         31 

§   5.  Cod.  Paris,  lat.  \20\%  31 

I  6.  Cod.  Einsidlensis,  199  ...         ...         ...         ...         ...         ...         ...         ...         ...         33 

II.  Facsimiles  of  the  Nicene  Creed:— 

I    I.  Rome  Cod.  Vatic,  tat.  1322 34 

§  2.  Cod.  Tolosanus,  364    ...         ...         ...         ...         36 

SUPPLEMENTARY     NOTE     ON     COD.     COLON.    212,    BY    C.    H.    TURNER,    M.A...         39 

PALAOGRAPHISCHE     BEMERKUNGEN     VON     DR.     LUDWIG    TRAUBE 

(the  German  Version   of  the   above   Notes) 43 

FACSIMILES    AND    TRANSCRIPTS. 

I.     Cod.  Colon.  212  (Darmstad.  2326),  fol.  113. 
II.        „  „  „  „       fol.  113V. 

III.  „  „  „  „       fol.  114. 

IV.  Cod.  Bernensis,  N.  645,  fol.  72. 
Cod.  Paris,  lat.  13246,  fol.  88. 

V.  Cod.  Vat  Palat.  lat.  493,  fol.  16. 
VI.        „         „         „  „         fol.  i6v. 

VII.        „         „         „  „         fol.  17. 

VIII.  Cod.  Paris,  lat.  12048,  fol.  181. 
IX.        „         „        „        „        fol.  191V. 

X.  Cod.  Einsidlensis  199,  p.  474. 

,    XI.  Cod.  Vatic,  lat.  1322,  fol.  15 3v. 
XII.        „         „        „       „       fol.  154. 

XIII.  Cod.  Tolosanus  364,  fol.  4,  fol.  4v. 

XIV.  „  „  „      fol.  104,  fol.  104V. 
XV.     Cod.  Lugdunensis  S.  Fid.  fol.  109V. 

XVI.        „  „  „        fol.  1 14. 

XVII.        „      -         „  „       fol.  114V. 

XVIII.  Cod.  Petriburgensis  Q.  I.  15,  fol.  63. 
XIX.        „  „  „         fol.  63V. 

XX.  Cod.  Monacensis  lat.  6298  (Fris.  98),  fol.  iv. 
XXI.        „  „  „       „  „  fol.  2. 

XXII.  Cod.  Ambrosianus  O  212  sup.,  fol.  14. 

XXIII.  „  „  ,  fol.  14V. 

XXIV.  „  „  „  .  fol.  15. 


PREFACE. 


The  task  which  I  have  attempted  in  this  book  of  facsimiles  has  grown  more  serious 
during  the  past  eight  years.  It  sprang  from  a  desire  to  collect  some  photographs  of  early 
MSS.  of  the  Quicumque  uult.  While  I  was  puzzling  over  Cod.  Petriburg.,  Q.  i.  15,  it  was 
my  good  fortune  to  obtain  an  introduction  to  Dr.  L.  Traube.  His  interest  in  the  photograph 
led  him  to  write  his  most  suggestive  article  Perrona  Scottorum}  Everyone  who  knew  him 
personally  found  a  fascination  in  his  treatment  of  the  subject  of  palaeography,  which  has  been 
too  often  at  the  mercy  of  theorists,  who  possessed  neither  his  mastery  over  details  nor  his  sure 
grasp  of  principles.  He  was  qualified  to  be  a  pioneer  in  the  laying  of  foundations  of  what  is 
still  a  new  science.  When  he  consented  to  write  palaeographical  notes  for  this  book  it  entered 
on  a  new  phase  of  potential  usefulness.  Despite  increasing  weakness  he  took  an  interest  in  it 
to  the  end  of  his  life.  His  heirs  and  his  literary  executor,  Dr.  P.  Lehmann,  have  been  most 
kind  in  putting  at  our  disposal  all  his  papers  which  had  reference  to  the  subject. 

In  Dr.  Traube's  own  words,  palaeographical  notes  on  a  collection  of  photographs  made  to 
serve  other  than  palaeographical  ends  must  be  something  of  a  tour  de  force.  But  many  of  the 
MSS.  in  question  are  of  more  than  average  palaeographical  interest,  and  some  of  them  have 
not  been  reproduced  in  any  collection  of  facsimiles,  so  it  seemed  worth  while  to  take  the  risk 
of  producing  a  book  without  much  unity  from  the  palaeographical  point  of  view.  The  venture 
has  been  justified,  as  I  believe,  by  the  interest  and  importance  of  Dr.  Traube's  discussions  of  at 
least  three  of  the   MSS.,  Cod.  Einsidlensis,  199,  Cod.  Paris,  lat.  13246,  and  Cod.  Petriburg., 

Q.  i-  15- 

My  own  notes  on  the  historical  interest  of  the  creed  forms  published  in  facsimile  (with 
two  exceptions)  for  the  first  time^  are  of  necessity  brief  My  theories  about  the  more  obscure 
forms  are  only  put  forward  as  working  hypotheses  until  the  evidence  is  better  explained  by  some 
other.  We  must  be  content  to  let  many  problems  in  the  history  of  the  creeds  remain  unsolved 
for  the  present,  but  we  shall  make  no  progress  unless  some  theory  is  provided  by  which  to  test 
the  facts  collected,  or  to  point  in  the  direction  in  which  new  facts  may  be  searched  out. 

Each  group  of  MSS.  has  been  selected  with  reference  to  some  problem.  The  MSS.  of 
the  Apostles'  Creed  have  been  chosen  to  throw  light  on  the  history  of  the  Textus  receptus.  In 
the  Creed  of  Cyprian  of  Toulon,  I  shall  exhibit  a  pure  Galilean  Creed,  then  an  Anglo-Saxon 
recension   of  the   Old   Roman   Creed,   then  different  stages    of   approach    to    the    final   form 

'  Sitzungsberichte  der  kgl.  bayer.  Akad.  der  Wissenschaften,  Miincheri,  1900,  iv,  p.  469. 

'  Mabillon  published  a  woodcut  of  the  first  words  of  the  Quicumque  uult  in  Cod.  Petriburg.,  Q.  I.  15  {de  re 
diplomatica,  ed.  1789,  i,  366).  Swainson  pubHshed  a  copy  of  one  page  of  Cod.  Ambros.,  O.  212  sup.  (Nicetie  and 
Apostles'  Creeds,  1875,  '>  P-  534-) 


Vlll  PREFACE. 

adopted  in  the  West,  ending  with  the  Creed  of  Priminius  which  is  the  first  dated  occurrence  of 
the  completed  form. 

The  history  of  the  Latin  text  of  the  Creed  of  the  Council  of  Nicaea  is  less  important  than 
the  history  of  the  later  so-called  Constantinopolitan  Creed,  the  Latin  versions  of  which  open 
out  an  almost  unworked  field  of  enquiry.  The  MSS.  which  I  quote,  apart  from  their 
palaeographical  interest,  are  important  links  in  the  chain  of  evidence  which  connects  the 
Constantinopolitan  Creed  with  the  Church  of  Jerusalem. 

With  the  third  group  of  MSS.  we  enter  upon  the  debateable  ground  of  the  Athanasian 
Creed,  more  accurately  described  as  the  Quicumque  7ndt.  It  may  be  hoped  that  this  collection 
will  give  the  cotip  de grace  to  the  theory,  which  is  hard  to  kill  in  England,  though  it  has  been 
pronounced  dead  in  Belgium  and  Germany,'  that  no  MS.  of  the  Creed  in  its  present  form  is  of 
earlier  date  than  the  ninth  century.  Through  the  kindness  of  M.  L.  Delisle,  Vice- 
President  of  the  Society,  who  was  the  first  to  call  attention  to  the  MS.,  I  am  able  to  publish 
the  text  found  in  a  MS.,  which  was  presented  by  Bishop  Leidrat  to  the  Altar  of  S.  Stephen 
in  Lyons  with  an  autograph  inscription.  Leidrat  resigned  his  see  in  a.d.  814.  As 
M.  Delisle  points  out,  this  terminus  ad  quern  in  the  case  of  one  MS.  may  be  of  great 
assistance  in  enabling  us  to  date  others  more  confidently.  In  fact  we  need  not  hesitate  to 
accept  the  palaeographical  arguments  by  which  the  other  MSS.  are  assigned  to  the  eighth, 
or  even  (in  the  case  of  the  Milan  MS.)  to  the  seventh  century.  Incidentally  the  photograph 
from  St.  Petersburg  turns  out  to  be  that  of  a  MS.  lost  from  St.  Germain-des-Pres,  and 
Dr.  Traube  has  confirmed  the  opinion  of  its  first  editor,  Mabillon,  as  to  its  date,  besides 
making  it  the  starting  point  of  his  enquiry  into  the  handwriting  of  the  monks  of  P^ronne. 

I  hope  that  the  new  light  which  these  facsimiles  throw  on  obscure  passages  in  the  history 
of  the  Creeds  will  be  held  to  justify  the  expense  of  their  publication  and  the  labour  and  care 
which  has  been  expended  on  them.  I  am  in  no  way  responsible  for  the  prolonged  delay  in 
obtaining  a  photograph  from  Cologne,  which  prevented  Dr.  Traube  from  finishing  his  part  of 
the  work.  But  I  am  most  grateful  to  the  Council  of  the  Henry  Bradshaw  Society  for  their 
long  patience  as  well  as  to  Mr.  Wilson  and  Mr.  Turner  for  much  help  in  the  progress  of  the 
work;    to    Mr.  Turner  also  for  his  valuable  note  on  Cod.   Colon.   212. 

I  wish  also  to  thank  Mr.  J.  P.  Gilson,  of  the  Briti.sh  Museum,  for  kindly  undertaking  the 
difficult  task  of  the  transcription  of  the  photographs  and  for  relieving  me  of  the  burden  of 
responsibility. 

A.  E.  Burn. 


'  Art.  Athanasianum  in   Hauck's  Encydopddie,  Loofs;  Le  Symbole  d'Atkanase,  Morin,  Revue  Benidictine,  Oct. 
190 1. 


HISTORICAL    NOTES. 


I.     THE    APOSTLES'    CREED. 


§  I. — Introduction. 

The  history  of  the  Apostles'  Creed  has  attracted  much  attention  during  the  past  thirty  years, 
and  the  Hterature  of  the  subject  is  increasing  rapidly,  especially  in  Germany.  But  it  has 
seldom  been  remarked  that  the  work  of  the  veteran  pioneer,  Professor  C.  P.  Caspari,  of  the 
University  of  Christiania,  found  stimulus  in  the  work  which  Professor  Heurtley  had  already 
begun  at  Oxford  in  the  publication  of  his  Harmonia  Symbolica}  Dr.  Heurtley's  book  included 
some  important  facsimiles  of  creed-forms,  and  thus  opened  the  way  for  the  present  volume, 
the  plates  of  which  after  the  lapse  of  nearly  half  a  century  have  been  printed  at  the  same 
University  Press. 

The  subject  falls  into  two  main  divisions,  the  history  of  Origins,  and  the  history  of  the 
Received  Text.  The  dividing  line  may  be  drawn  at  the  year  a.d.  400,  which  is  the 
•approximate  date  of  the  famous  Commentary  on  the  Aposdes'  Creed  in  which  Rufinus  of 
Aquileia  compared  the  Old  Roman  Creed  to  the  creed  of  his  native  city.  The  work  of 
Rufinus  is  the  starting  point  of  modern  investigation.  He  wrote  at  the  end  of  the  century 
in  which  Christianity  became  a  permitted  religion,  and  Christian  Creeds,  for  the  first  time, 
were  brought  into  the  light  of  day,  though  in  many  quarters  the  prejudice  against  writing  them 
•down  still  existed.  With  the  history  of  Origins  we  are  not  concerned.  A  general  survey  of 
the  subject  may  be  found  in  Harnack's  article  Ap.  Symbolum  in  Hauck's  Real-Encyclopddie 
[ed.  3),  or  the  present  writer's  article  Creeds  in  the  forthcoming  edition  of  the  Encyclopaedia 
Britannica.     Our  present  concern  is  with  the  history  of  the  Received  Text. 

When  we  pass  the  year  a.d.  400  we  feel  that  a  new  era  has  begun  in  the  history  of  the 
world.  We  are  face  to  face  with  the  tide  of  barbarian  invasion,  and  must  soon  meet  with  the 
problem  of  missionary  work  among  uncivilised  Teutonic  tribes,  which  is  the  ultimate  cause  of 
the  survival  of  our  Received  Text  and  of  its  triumph  over  other  forms.  In  the  fifth  century 
there  were  many  Galilean,  Italian,  and  African  creed-forms  of  the  same  general  type,  of 
which  the  Old  Roman  Creed,  quoted  by  Rufinus,  is  the  most  important  specimen,  as  it 
is  in  all  probability  the  archetype.  For  the  sake  of  clearness  I  will  quote  the  Old  Roman 
Creed  side  by  side  with  the  Textus  receptus,  and  for  the  sake  of  brevity  shall  hereafter 
quote  them  as  R  and  T. 

'  Dr.  Swainson,  Nicene  and  Apostles'  Creeds,  1875,  P-  5i  having  acknowledged  his  own  debt,  pointed  out 
Dr.  Caspari's  frequent  references  to  the  work  of  Dr.  Heurtley.  The  well  known  Bibliothek  der  Symbole,  which  has  been 
■edited  by  Dr.  A.  Hahn  and  Dr.  G.  L.  Hahn,  was  first  published  in  1842,  but  it  has  always  differed  from  the  work  of 
Heurtley  and  Swainson  and  Caspari  as  being  a  work  which  does  not  deal  at  first  hand  with  new  MSS.  Within  its  own 
limits  it  is  indispensable,  and  should  be  used  with  the  monumental  work  of  Dr.  Kattenbusch,  Das  apostolische  Symbol, 
1894. 

FACS.    CREEDS.  B 


THE    APOSTLES     CREED. 


Old  Roman  Creed  =  R. 

1.  Credo  in  Deum  Patrem  omnipotentem. 

2.  Et   in  Christum    lesum   Filium  eius  unicum 
Dominum  nostrum, 

3.  qui    natus    est    de    Spiritu    sancto    et    Maria 
uirgine, 

4.  qui     sub     Pontic     Pilato    crucifixus    est    et 
sepultus, 

5.  tertia  die  resurrexit  a  mortuis, 

6.  ascendit  in  caelos, 

7.  sedet  ad  dexteram  Patris 

8.  unde  uenturus  est  iudicare  uiuos  et  mortuos. 

9.  Et  in  Spiritum  sanctum, 

10.  sanctam  ecclesiam, 

11.  remissionem  peccatorum, 

12.  carnis  resurrectionem. 


Textus  receptus  =  T. 

1.  Credo     in      Deum      Patrem     omnipotentem 
creatorem  caeli  et  terrae. 

2.  Et  in  < lesum  Christum>  Filium  eius  unicum 
Dominum  nostrum, 

3.  qui  conceptus  est  de  Spiritu  sancto   natus  ex 
Maria  uirgine, 

4.  passiis   sub    Pontio  Pilato  crucifixus  viortuus 
et  sepultus  descendit  ad  iiiferna, 

5.  tertia  die  resurrexit  a  mortuis, 

6.  ascendit  ad  caelos, 

7.  sedet  ad  dexteram  Dei  Patris  omnipotentis, 

8.  inde  uenturus  est  iudicare  uiuos  et  mortuos. 

9.  Credo  in  Spiritum  sanctum, 

10.  sanctam     ecclesiam     catholicam,     sanctorum 
coniinunionem, 

11.  remissionem  peccatorum, 

1 2.  carnis  resurrectionem  et  uitam  aeternam. 


The  variations  found  in  T  are  not  all  of  equal  importance.  Some  are  more  or  less 
accidental,  like  the  substitution  of  inde  for  unde  (oOev).  But  the  final  solution  of  the 
problem  of  the  origin  of  T  can  only  be  found  by  tracing  out  the  history  of  each  new 
phrase.  At  this  point  it  is  important  to  remark  that  creatorem  caeli  et  terrae,  passum, 
morttmm,  catholicaiii,  sanctorum  communionem  were  found  before  a.d.  400  in  the  Creed 
of  Niceta  of  Remesiana,  and  we  shall  find  the  remaining  additions  of  T  united  in  fifth 
century  Gallican  Creeds.  Separately,  of  course,  these  additions  have  an  even  higher 
antiquity.  Thus  descendit  ad  inferna  goes  back  to  the  fourth  century  Creed  of  Aquileia, 
and  et  uitam  aeternam  was  in  the  African  Creed  of  Cyprian  in  the  third  century. 

With  these  words  of  preface  we  may  pass  on  to  the  consideration  of  an  important  Gallican 
Creed  which  has  recently  come  to  light. 


§  2. — Codex  Colon.  212  (Darmstad.  2326). 

The  letter  of  Cyprian,  Bishop  of  Toulon,  to  Maximus,  Bishop  of  Geneva,  was  first 
published  in  Monumenta  Germaniae  Historica,  Epp.,  iii,  p.  434,  by  Dr.  Gundlach.^  It  is  found 
on  fol.  113b  of  this  MS.  Cyprian  wrote  to  defend  his  use  of  the  expression  "  the  God-man 
suffered."  To  our  advantage  he  quotes  the  first  two  divisions  of  his  creed.  We  are  thus  able 
to  confirm  the  evidence  of  the  creed-form  extracted  from  Ps.  Aug.  Serm.  244,  which  has  been 
ascribed  to  Caesarius  of  Aries.  Cyprian  asked  that  an  answer  might  be  sent  to  him  through 
Caesarius,  with  whom  he  was  in  communication.  Although  Cyprian  does  not  quote  the  third 
division  of  the  creed  we  can  restore  it  with  confidence  from  the  Creed  of  Caesarius  which  at 
this  point  is  confirmed  by  the  evidence  of  Faustus  of  Riez.  Such  a  restoration  of  the 
South  Gallican  Creed  includes  two  points,  which  are  of  some  importance,     (i)  The  threefold 

'  Attention  was  called  to  an  interesting  quotation  of  the  Te  Deum  by  Dom  G.  Morin  (Rev.  Ben.,  1894,  p.  49),  and 
to  the  creed-form  of  Cyprian  by  the  present  writer  {Guardian,  March  13th,  1895). 


THE   APOSTLES     CREED,  3 

repetition  of  Credo  was  common  Gallican  usage.  This  adds  to  the  artistic  character  of  the 
form,  and  Faustus  seems  to  have  the  balanced  rhythm  in  mind  when  he  writes  of  Symboli 
salutare  carmen,  (ii)  The  omission  of  the  words  maker  of  heaven  and  earth  is  very  marked 
throughout  early  Gallican  Creeds.  If  T  was  formed  after  a  Gallican  model  it  seems  strange 
that  it  possesses  neither  of  these  characteristics.  The  omission  of  ad  inferna  descendit  by 
Cyprian  is  of  less  importance.  It  occurs  in  a  fifth  century  sermon  which  may  be  connected 
with  Lerins.' 


Cyprian  of  Toulon. 

I.  I.  Credo  in  Deum  Patrem  omnipotentem. 
II.  2.  Credo  et  in    lesum    Christum    filium   eius 
unigenitum  Dominum  nostrum, 

3.  qui  conceptus  de  Spiritu  sancto  natus  ex  Maria 
uirgine 

4.  passus       sub       Pontio       Pilato        crucifixus 
*     et  sepultus         *         *         ♦ 

5.  tertia  die  resurrexit  a  mortuis 

6.  ascendit  in  caelos 

7.  sedet  ad  dexteram  Patris 

8.  inde  uenturus  iudicaturus  uiuos  ac  mortuos. 


Caesarius. 

1.  Credo  in  Deum  Patrem  omnipotentem. 

2.  Credo   et   in    lesum    Ciiristum    filium    eius 
unicum  Dominum  nostrum 

3.  conceptum  de  Spiritu  sancto  natum  e,x  Maria 
uirgine 

4.  passum     sub     Pontio      Pilato      crucifixum 
mortuum  et  sepultum,  ad  inferna  descendit 

5.  tertia  die  resurrexit  a  mortuis 

6.  ascendit  in  caelis 

7.  sedet  in  dexteram  Patris 

8.  inde  uenturus  iudicare  uiuos  et  mortuos. 


Faustus  of  Riez. 

III.  9.  Credo  et  in  Spiritum  sanctum 

10.  sanctam  ecclesiam  sanctorum  communionem 

1 1 .  abremissa  peccatorum 

12.  carnis  resurrectionem  uitam  aeternam. 


9.  Credo  in  Spiritum  sanctum 

10.  sanctam  ecclesiam  catholicam  communionem 
sanctorum 

11.  remissionem  peccatorum 

12.  resurrectionem  carnis  et  uitam  aeternam. 


§  3. — Codex  Bernensis,  N.  645. 

The  contents  of  the  MS.  are  of  a  geographical  or  chronological  character.  The  creed- 
form  to  which  our  attention  is  called  is  preceded  by  the  Easter  cycle  of  Victorius  of  Aquitaine, 
and  a  catalogue  of  Church  provinces  made  in  Gaul.  It  is  followed  by  the  forged  Acts  of 
a  supposed  Synod  of  Caesarea,  which  were  probably  written  in  Britain  during  the  controversies 
concerning  the  keeping  of  Easter  in   the   seventh  century.     The  provenance  of  the  MS.  is 

probably  Gaul.     Mr.  Turner  called  my  attention  to  a  note,  fol.  41  -,  which  he  found  when  he 

inspected  the  MS.  in  1900-,  -^  XV  REGN  CAROLI   RG  =  a.d.  782.     But  the  documents 

collected  in  it,  which  point  to  Britain  as  the  country  of  their  origin,  leave  us  equally  free  to 
regard  Britain  as  the  possible  home  of  the  creed-form.  This  hypothesis  is  confirmed  by  the 
interesting  resemblances  which  appear  in  it  to  the  creed-form  in  Cod.  Laudianus.  In  Art.  9 
both  forms  show  the  ablative  spu  sco,  in  Art.  10  sancta  ecclesia,  in  Art.  12  the  genitive  (carnis) 


'  Ausadtate  expositionem,  published  by  the  present  writer  in  the  Zeitschrift  fiir  Kirchengeschkhte,  July,  189S. 
Letter  of  21st  August,  1900. 

B    2 


4  THE   APOSTLES     CREED. 

resurrectionist  The  Cod.  Laudianus  was  brought  to  Britain  before  the  beginning  of  the 
eighth  century,  and  its  creed-form  represents  the  normal  type  of  Old  Roman  Creed,  used  by 
Augustine  and  other  Roman  missionaries.  The  form  before  us  in  Cod.  Bernensis  may  very 
well  represent  this  same  type  slightly  modified,  under  the  influence  of  Celtic  Creeds,  by  the 
addition  o{ passus,  descendit  ad  inferos,  catholica,  in  uitam  aeternam. 

Kattenbusch^  has  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  same  creed-form,  without  itt  uitam 
aeternam,  is  found  in  an  ancient  sermon  in  Cod.  Monac.  lat.  14508  of  the  tenth  century  from 
St.  Emmeran  in  Regensburg,  which  I  published  in  the  Zeitschrift  fur  Kirchengeschichte,  xix, 
p.  186.  He  connects  it  with  the  Celtic  missions  in  Bavaria,  and  there  is  nothing  improbable 
in  the  view  that  a  Celtic  monk  may  have  carried  it  with  him  to  the  Continent.  But  we  cannot 
speak  very  definitely  about  the  provenance  of  the  sermon  because  I  can  now  quote  other  MSS. 
of  it  which  deserve  examination,  the  earliest  being  Cod.  Barberini,  xiv,  44,  saec.  ix.''  While 
we  suspend  judgment  as  to  the  history  of  the  sermon  in  which  the  creed-form  was  so  widely 
distributed,  there  is  no  need  to  modify  our  judgment  regarding  the  origin  of  the  creed-form 
itself.  It  is  out  of  touch  with  the  line  of  development  followed  either  in  Gaul  or  Italy.  But 
we  can  easily  explain  both  its  origin  in  Britain  and  its  transit  through  Germany  to  Bavaria 
or  Switzerland. 

Dr.  Bratke's  theory*  that  it  represents  the  ancient  form  of  the  Galilean  Creed  as  it  existed 
before  a.d.  400  is  not  borne  out  by  the  evidence. 

§  4. — The  Gallican  Sacramentary. 

The  so-called  Gallican  Sacramentary  in  Cod.  Paris,  lat.,  13246,  saec.  vii,  is  really  a  missal,, 
and  is  but  a  mediocre  witness  of  Gallican  usage  in  spite  of  its  antiquity.  It  is  often  called  the 
Missal  of  Bobbio,  but  opinions  are  divided  as  to  the  origin  of  the  liturgical  collection 
contained  in  it. 

Dom  Cagin  i^Paldographie  musicale,  v.  96-184,  1896)  maintained  that  it  contained  a 
Roman  Missal  of  the  fifth  century  brought  by  Columban  to  Bobbio,  which  had  probably  been 
sent  to  the  Britons  at  the  time  when  enquiries  were  made  about  the  Liturgy  ;  secondly, 
Columban 's  additions,  e.g.,  a  Mass  in  honour  of  S.  Michael  to  be  connected  with  the  grotto 
on  the  right  bank  of  the  Bobbio.  But  Dr.  Traube  suggests  that  Dom  Cagin's  assumption 
has  been  disproved  by  Duchesne,  Lejay,  and  Morin.  Dom  A.  Wilmart  speaks  of  the  MS. 
as  a  Gallican  witness  with  traces  of  Irish  influence.*  For  my  present  purpose  it  is  immaterial 
whether  the  mixture  of  Hispano-Gallic,  Roman,  and  perhaps  other  elements  and  rites,  which 
it  contains,  were  combined  in  Bobbio  or  in  the  mother  house  of  Luxeuil,  in  the  diocese  of 
Besan^on. 

In  either  case  we  are  brought  into  touch  with  the  life  work  of  S.  Columban,  the  great 
leader  of  the  Celtic  missionaries  who  at  this  period  travelled  across   Europe  until  they  came 

'  This  was  originally  a  grammatical  error,  but  tended  to  become  a  distinct  reading  carfiis  resurrectionis   vitam 
aeternam,  Book  of  Deer,  Cod.  Sangallensis,  188,  Sacr.  Gallic,  Form  C. 
'^  op.  cit.,  ii.  748  ff. 
^  Cf.  Cod.  lat.  Monac,  3909,  Cod.  Sangallensis,  676,  Cod.  Leidensis,  xviii.  Q.  17. 

*  Theol.  Stud.  u.  Krit.,  i.  pp.  153  ff. 

*  F.  Cabrol,  Diet,  d'archeologie  chretienne  et  de  Liturgie,  vol.  ii  (fasc.  xv),  col.  961. 


THE    APOSTLES     CREED.  5 

into  touch  with  the  remnants  of  the  old  Latin  Christianity  of  the  Danube.  In  his  very 
suggestive  article  Some  Creed  Problems}  Mr.  Barns  has  called  attention  to  a  fact  which  is 
probably  the  missing  link  in  the  evidence  relating  to  the  formation  of  T.  The  words 
creatorem  caeli  et  terrae  are  first  found  in  the  Creed  of  Niceta  of  Remesiana,  and  in 
a  contemporary  creed  preserved  in  some  Arian  fragments  belonging  to  the  same  district 
bordering  on  the  Danube.  They  are  not  found  in  the  pure  Gallican  type,  and  the  crux  of  the 
investigation  of  the  history  of  T  has  been  to  find  the  source  from  which  they  may  have  come 
into  it.  S.  Columban  and  his  companion  S.  Gall  were  welcomed  on  the  Lake  of  Constance  by 
the  Christian  priest  of  Arbon,  who  represented  the  remnant  of  the  influence  of  the  Latin 
Church  of  Illyricum  from  the  days  when  there  was  a  strong  current  from  behind  the  Balkans 
to  N.  Italy  and  Gaul.  The  call  came  to  S.  Columban  to  go  over  the  Brenner,  "  to  strengthen 
the  church  along  the  highway  of  the  East,  on  the  confines  of  the  ancient  province  of  Illyricum. 
He  left  S.  Gall  on  the  Lake  of  Constance  and  himself  settled  at  Bobbio.""  Thus  the 
experience  of  S.  Columban  brought  him  into  touch  with  both  the  sources  from  which  the 
old  Western  Creed  was  ultimately  enriched,  the  Gallican  type  including  descendit  ad  inferna, 
communionem  sanctorum,  etc.,  already  familiar  to  Celtic  Churchmen,  and  the  clause  creatorem 
caeli  et  terrae  which  that  type  lacked. 

Regarding  the  Sacramentary  as  in  any  case  summarising  the  liturgical  interests  of 
Columban's  day,  I  turn  to  analyse  its  creed-forms,  which  I  distinguish  as  A.  AE.  B.  C.  The 
first  three  are  Baptismal  Creeds,  the  fourth  is  an  isolated  form  which  was  probably  used  in  the 
Hour  Offices.''     A  is  reproduced  in  facsimile  in  PI.  5. 

The  first  Creed  (A)  is  interpolated  in  a  sermon  used  at  the  Traditio  Symboli  in  a  section 
which  is  probably  of  Roman  origin.  It  follows  the  ceremony  known  as  apertio  aurmm  or 
delivery  of  the  first  words  of  the  four  Gospels.  This  was  a  Roman  custom.  We  gather  that 
A  represents  the  creed  used  by  the  monks  at  Luxeuil  about  a.d.  700.  It  differs  from  T  by 
the  substitution  of  Credo  for  et  in  Art.  2,  also  of  tmigcnitum  se^iipiternum  for  unicum,  and 
it  omits  Domimim.  This  variation  recurs  in  the  Gallican  Missal  (forms  A,  AE),  and  has 
been  attributed  to  the  influence  of  the  Te  Deum} 

The  creed  AE,  which  is  embedded  in  the  exposition,  is  nearer  to  the  text  of  R  than  to 
the  Gallican  text  of  the  sixth  century.  But  it  has  several,  so  to  speak,  Gallican 
encrustations,  conceptus,  mortimm,  descendit  ad  inferna,  ojnnipotentis,  catholicam,  uitam 
aeternam. 

The  sermon  has  interesting  points  of  connection  with  Ps.  Aug.  Serm.  243,  which  has 
been  traced  back  to  the  sixth  century  ;  but  the  question  has  not  been  decided  whether  it  comes 
from  Gaul  or  Italy.  Kattenbusch  calls  attention  to  the  fact  that  its  construction  gui  conceptus 
est,  qui  passtis  est  is  like  R,  so  that  it  forms  a  connecting  link  between  R  and  T.^  The  MSS. 
in  which  it  is  found  should  be  investigated. 


'  Journal  of  Theol.  Studies,  igo6,  p.  501. 

-  Barns,  art.  cit.,  p.  516. 

'  Kattenbusch,  i,  p.  55,  ii,  p.  747,  n.  34,  p.  881,  n.  14. 

*  lb.  ii,  p.  776,  n.  28. 

'  ii,  p.  982. 


THE    APOSTLES     CREED. 


A  E  (Sacr.  Gallic.) 
Spiritum  sanctum  audis  auctorem  :  ne  dubitas 
uirginem  potuisse  concipere  .  .  .  Cur  non 
credis  eum  in  utero  uirginis  hominem  figurasse, 
quern  credis  hominem  fecisse  de  terra  ?  Nee 
Mariam  dubites  uirginem  mansisse  post  partum  .  .  . 

Si  te  triduana  domini  tui  sepultura  conturbat, 
resurrectio  magis  aeterna  confirmet.  Quidquid 
infirmitatis  audis  in  Christo,  mysterium  est. 

Ecce  ille  qui  ab  iniquis  est  iudicatus  in  terris,  de 
sede  caelesti  iudicaturus  aduenit. 


Ps.  Aug.  243. 

Cum  Spiritum  sanctum  ministratorem  tantae 
natiuitatis  audieris,  nullatenus  dubites  uirginem 
potuisse  concipere.  Cur  non  credis  cum  in  utero 
incorruptae  uirginis  potuisse  figurare,  quem  credere 
deles  hominem  fecisse  de  limo  terrae  ?  Nee  dubites 
Mariam  uirginem  mansisse  post  partum. 

Si  te  triduana  domini  sepultura  conturbat, 
resurrectio  gloriosa  confirmet.  Quidquid  enim 
infirmitatis  audis  in  Christo,  nostrae  hoc  necessi- 
tatis, nostrae  redemptionis  est  causa. 

Ipse  qui  ab  iniquis  et  impiis  iudicatus  est  ad 
mortem,  ipse  omnes  bonos  et  iustos  iudicaturus  est 


ad  gloriam. 


et  carnis   tuae   resurrectio   reparetur   in 


ut  carnis  tuae  resurrectio  te  reparet    in 


aeternum. 


aeternum. 


The  third  Creed  (B)  of  this  Sacramentary  is  an  Interrogative  Creed  in  the  service  of 
Baptism  used  on  Easter  Eve  in  a  section  which  is  plainly  derived  from  a  Gallican  source. 

There  is  a  collect  for  the  washing  of  the  feet  after  Baptism  which  was  a  Gallican  custom. 
The  form  of  Renunciation  is  also  Gallican,  and  the  Baptismal  formula  has  an  addition  tinam 
habentejn  substantiani  which  finds  a  parallel  in  the  Creed  of  the  Bangor  Antiphonary.  From 
the  same  Gallican  or  Celtic  source  comes  the  last  phrase  of  the  Creed  uitam  habere  post 
mortem,  in  gloriam  Christi  resiirgere.  B  appears  to  me  to  be  the  work  of  some  Irish  monk, 
who,  in  the  archetype  of  this  section  or  in  this  MS.  itself,  improved  the  form  after  the  model 
of  the  Creed  in  the  Bangor  Antiphonary,  which  comes  to  us  from  Bobbio,  though  its  form 
may  have  been  equally  familiar  to  the  Celtic  monks  of  Luxeuil. 


\ 


§  5. — The  Gallican  Missal. 

Cod.  Vat.  Pal.  493,  the  so-called  Gallican  Missal,  is  a  volume  containing  fragments  of 
two  Sacramentaries  which  have  been  bound  up  together.  Some  of  the  leaves  have  been 
misplaced,  so  that  the  printed  editions  present  a  confused  jumble  of  prayers.  Our  facsimiles 
are  taken  from  the  first  sacramentary,^  which  has  been  connected  with  the  diocese  of  Auxerre. 
They  exhibit  the  form  of  Creed  which  has  been  interpolated  at  the  beginning  of  a  sermon 
delivered  at  the  Tradition  of  the  Creed.  The  context  contains  prayers,  which  are  found  also 
in  the  so-called  Gothic  Missal  {Cod.  Vat.  Reg.  317)  which  is  connected  with  the  diocese  of 
Autun.  Dr.  Traube  points  out  the  close  palaeographical  relationship  of  the  two  MSS.,  con- 
cluding that  our  MS.  (Palatinus)  "belongs  to  the  school  of  Luxeuil,  was  written  at  the 
beginning  of  the  eighth  century,  and  came  from  Burgundy  to  Lorsch  in  the  ninth  century,  by 
way  of  one  of  the  cloisters  that  had  relations  with  Germany." 

The  sermon  in  which  the  Creed  is  quoted  is  also  found  among  the   Pseudo-Augustinian 


'  It  comprises  folios  1-18.  In  the  printed  edition  it  extends  from  section  i-iiia  down  to  the  word  "  Fanuelis  "  (fol. 
loS)  ed.  Neale  and  Forbes,  p.  155,  ed.  Mabillon,  p.  332  ;  and  again  from  section  xv/^  the  words  "  Pater  ex  alto  "  (Neale 
and  Forbes,  p.  171,  Mabillon,  p.  346) — xvi  ad  fin.     Our  facsimiles  are  oifo/s.  i6a,  i6l>,  i^a  (section  xvi). 


THE   APOSTLES     CREED. 


sermons,  No.  242.  The  text  in  this  sacramentary  is  defective,  and  the  Creed-form  is  cut  short 
in  the  exposition,  although  the  interpolated  form  at  the  beginning  is  complete.  I  call  it  inter- 
polated because  in  these  cases  we  can  always  extract  an  earlier  Creed  from  the  exposition  than 
that  which  we  find  quoted  at  the  beginning,  and  which  probably  in  each  case  represents  the 
form  familiar  to  the  copyist.     Certainly  the  tendency  would  always  be  to  assimilate  a  form. 

The  sermon  Ps.  Aug.  242  is  found,  however,  in  its  completeness  in  Cod.  lat.  Manacensis 
6298,  of  which  I  give  two  facsimiles  (PI.  20,  21).  The  Munich  MS.  comes  from  the  monastery 
of  St.  Emmeran  in  the  diocese  of  Freising,  and  is  an  eighth  century  MS.,  so  that  we  have 
the  advantage  of  comparing  two  forms  which  ex  hypothesi  have  been  interpolated,  the  one 
(Cod.  Palatinus)  in  a  monastery  of  the  school  of  Luxeuil  in  the  diocese  of  Auxerre  {c.  a.d.  700), 
and  the  other  (Cod.  Monacensis)  in  the  monastery  of  St.  Emmeran  in  the  diocese  of  Freising 
some  seventy  years  later. 

Both  forms  are  substantially  like  T,  but  the  Palatinus  omits  descendit  ad  inferna,  inserts 
uictor  after  ascendit}  and  preserves  the  old  Galilean  reading  abreniissione  peccatorum. 
Turning  to  the  sermon,  Ps.  Aug.  242,  we  note  that  in  the  Munich  MS.  it  is  found  in  a 
collection  of  Gallican  origin,  probably  made  by  Caesarius  of  Aries,  though  this  sermon  does 
not  show  the  characteristics  of  his  style.  Mindful  of  the  uncertainty  which  attends  the 
extraction  of  a  creed-form  from  the  exposition  in  which  it  is  embedded,  we  note  the  omission  of 
unicuin  domimim  nostrum,  morhnis,  descendit  ad  inferna,  and  all  mention  of  the  Session  in 
art.  7.  These  omissions  find  parallels  in  the  old  Gallican  creeds,  and  the  threefold  repetition 
of  Credo  clinches  the  argument  that  this  is  an  old  Gallican  sermon  containing  an  old  Gallican 
creed,  which  probably  had  abremissione  at  first,  the  reading  preserved  in  Cod.  Palatinus,  and 
has  had  crcatorem  caeli  et  tcrrae  added  to  it  in  the  exposition  as  in  the  interpolated  creed." 


Missale  Gallicanum. 

1.  Credo  in  Deum  Patrem 
omnipotentem,  crcatorem''  caeli 
et  terrae^ 

2.  Et  in  <;Iesum  Christuni> 
Filium  eius,  unicum  Dominum 
nostrum, 

3.  qui  conceptus  est  de  Spiritu 
sancto  natus  ex  Maria  uirgine 


1.  Credo  in  Deum  Patrem 
omnipotentem,  c7-eatorein  caelf 
et  terrae. 

2.  Et  in  <^Iesum  Christum^ 
Filium  eius  unicum  Dominum 
nostrum, 

3.  qui  conceptus  est  de 
Spiritu  sancto  [natus]^  ex  Maria 
uirgine 


Ps.  Aug.  Serin.  242.^ 

E. 

1.  Credo  in  Deum  Patrem 
omnipotentem,  creatorem  caeli 
et  terrae. 

2.  Credo  et  in  <^Iesum 
Christum>  Filium  eius     .     .     . 


3.  qui    conceptus   de    Spiritu 
sancto  natus  ex  Maria  uirgine 


'  The  history  of  this  picturesque  addition  is  still  obscure,  but  I  may  note  that  it  is  found  in  the  MSS.  of  a  sermon- 
Symbolum  graeca  lingua  (Vesoul  MS.  73,  Cod.  Sangall.,  732),  and  in  a  sermon  Quicumque  uult  esse  saluus  (Codd.  Vat. 
Pal.  212,  220),  both  of  which  I  have  published  Zeitschrift  fiir  KG.,  xxi,  p.  128,  and  in  Ps.  Aug.  Serm.  238.  It  came  in 
probably  from  an  exposition,  since  it  occurs  in  the  exposition  of  Ps.  Aug.  Serm.,  240,  and  in  the  sermon  Auscultate 
expositionem  (Z.  fiir  KG.,  xix,  179). 

'  The  huius  {carnis)  which  Hahn'',  p.  47,  and  others  insert  belongs  to  the  exposition  and  not  to  the  creed-form 
since  the  Munich  MS.  reads  huius  affectu  carnis. 

^  The  exposition  in  the  Missale  Gallicanum  (=  Ps.  Aug.  Serm.,  242)  is  defective.  The  creed-form  is  :  Credo  in 
Deum  Patrem  omnipotentem,  creatorem  caeli  et  terrae.     Credo  in  Filio  eius. 

*  I  quote  the  text  of  Ps.  Aug.  242,  A  and  E  from  Cod.  lat.  Monacensis,  6298,  saec.  viii. 

'  Cod.  creatori.  "  terre.  '  celi.  '  natus  supr.  lin.  man.  sec. 


THE   APOSTLES     CREED. 


Missale  Gallicanum. 
B. 

4.  passus  sub   Pontio  Pilato 
crucifixus  mortuns  et  sepultus 

*  *  » 

5.  tertia^    die    resurrexit     a 
mortuis 

6.  ascendit  uictor  ad  caelos* 

7.  sed?y    ad    dexteram    Dei 
Patris  oinnipotentis, 

8.  inde     uenturus      iudicare 
uiuos  et  mortuos 

9.  Credo  in  sancto  Spirit// 

10.  sanct«   ecclesirt^    catholicn 
sanctorum  coinvmnionein 

11.  adrermssione  peccatorum 

12.  carnis  rcsurrectionem^^  ///'- 
fa?n  aeternam. 


Ps.  Aug. 


Serm.  242. 


A. 


E. 


4.  passus  sub  Pontio  Pilato' 
crucifixus  mortuus  et  sepultus 

descendif'  ad  infertia 

5.  tertia     die     resurrexit     a 
mortuis 

6.  ascendit  in  caelc 

7.  sed/V  ad  dexteram  \_Dei\' 
Patris  oinnipotentis, 

8.  inde     uenturus      iudicare 
uiuos  ac  mortuos 

9.  Credo     et      in      Spiritum 
sanctum'' 

10.  sanctam  ecclesiam"  catli- 
olicavi}^  sanctorum  communi- 
onemS^ 

11.  remissionem  peccatorum 

12.  carnis  resurrectionem  et 
uitam  aeternam. 


4.  passus  sub   Pontio  Pilato 
crucifixus  est    .   .    .    et  sepultus 

»  #  ♦ 

5.  tertia  die  resurrexit    *     * 

6.  ascendit  ad  caelos, 
7- 

8.  itide    uenturus"     iudicare 
uiuos  et  mortuos 

9.  Credo     et     in     Spiritum 
sanctum 

10.  sanctam    ecclesiam    cath- 
olicam  sanctorum  communionem 

1 1.  remissionem  peccatorum 

12.  carnis   resurrectionem  ui- 
tam aeternam. 


§  6. — The  Sacramentary  of  Gellone. 

The  so-called  Sacramentary  of  Gellone  {Cod.  Paris,  lat.  12048)  was,  as  Dr.  Traube  has 
shown,  probably  written  in  the  monastery  of  Rebais,  in  the  diocese  of  Meaux,  during  the 
episcopate  of  Romanus  c.  a.d.  750.  The  Sacramentary  belongs  to  the  Gelasian  class,  though 
it  includes  masses  of  the  eighth  century."     It  contains  two  Orders  of  Baptism. 

In  the  first  the  Interrogationes  de  fide  remind  us  of  R  : 

Credis  in  Deum  patrem  omnipotentem  ?     1^  Credo. 
Et  in  Christum  Filium  eius  unicum  dominum  nostrum  ?     I^  Credo. 

Credis  et  in  Spiritum  sanctum,  sanctam  ecclesiam  catholicam,  remissionem  peccatorum,  carnis 
resurrectionem  ?     I^  Credo. 

Martene  says  that  the  custom  of  reciting  the  creed  in  Greek  over  a  boy  and  in  Latin  over 
a  girl  is  preserved  in  this  Order,  but  he  does  not  quote  the  creed-form. 

In  the  second  Order  from  which  our  facsimile  is  taken  there  is  a  similar  reference  to  the 
two  languages.  The  recitation  of  the  Creed  follows  the  apertio  aurium,  which  is  a  character- 
istic part  of  the  Roman  office.  To  the  question  "In  what  language  does  the  child  confess?" 
the  acolyte  answers  "In  Latin."  After  the  Creed  follows  the  summary  of  the  Gelasian 
Sacramentary.  The  form  is  T,  and  it  is  important  to  note  that  it  occurs  in  precisely  the  context 
in  which  the  Gelasian  Sacramentary  has  the  Constantinopolitan  Creed.  In  fact  it  nullifies 
the  argument,  which  has  been  founded  on  the   Gelasian   Sacramentary,  to  the  effect  that  in 


'  philato.  ^  discendit. 

*  celos.  "  dei  supr.  tin. 

'  sanctum  supr.  tin.  man.  sec.  *  eclisia. 

'"  seq.  ires.  lift.  ras.  ut  nid.  "  commonionem. 

'^  e.g.,  Fcriae  V.  in  Quadragesima.  Baeumer,  Hist.  Jahrb.,  1893,  p.  242. 


'  tercia. 

'  inde  uenturus  supr.  tin. 

"  aeclesiam. 

'■  resurreccionem. 


THE   APOSTLES     CREED. 


Rome  R  had  been  exchanged  for  C,  that  it  was  only  under  the  influence  of  Charles  the  Great 
that  T,  the  Gallicanised  form  of  the  Western  Creed,  was  accepted  in  place  of  C. 

An  insuperable  objection  to  that  argument  seems  to  me  to  lie  in  the  fact  that  the  Roman 
missionaries  to  Britain  who  traversed  Gaul  in  the  seventh  century  took  with  them  at  first  R, 
and  then  possibly  T,  but  never  C.  If  C  had  been  substituted  for  R  some  traces  of  its  use 
would  have  spread  to  Britain. 

The  eyidence  of  the  Gelasian  Sacramentary  can  be  easily  explained  if  we  suppose  that 
during  the  time  of  Byzantine  influence  C,  the  Baptismal  Creed  of  Constantinople,  was  offered 
to  Greek-speaking  catechumens  as  the  equivalent  of  R',  the  Greek  text  of  which  had  been 
long  ago  forgotten.  Time  passed,  and  there  were  no  more  Greek-speaking  catechumens. 
It  became  necessary  to  explain  the  existence  of  two  parallel  forms,  and  the  absurd  explanation 
was  given  that  the  second  was  used  for  girls !  The  Order  of  Baptism  of  Vienne,  which  is 
dependent  on  the  sources  of  the  Gelasian  Sacramentary,  confirms  this  explanation.  The 
question  is  put  to  the  Godparents,  "  Is  Greek  understood  ?"  The  answer  "  No"  follows,  and 
then  Credo  in  Detim.^ 

Some  pages  later  is  the  form  for  the  Baptism  of  a  sick  catechumen.  The  collect  for  the 
blessing  of  the  water  is  the  same  as  that  found  in  the  Gelasian  Sacramentary,  but  the 
Interrogative  form  of  Creed  is  the  Galilean  form  without  creatorem  caeli  et  terrae,  which  is 
substituted  for  the  shortened  form  of  R  used  in  the  Gelasian  Sacramentary.  I  will  print  the 
two  forms  side  by  side. 

Sacramentarium  Gellonense. 


fol.  i8i  (?. 

1.  Credo     in    Deum     Patrem     omnipotentem, 
creatorem  caeli  et  terrae 

2.  Et  in  (lesum  Christum  Filium)  eius  unicum 
dominum  nostrum, 

3.  Qui  conceptus  est  de  Spiritu  sancto  natus  ex 
Maria  uirgine, 

4.  passus  sub  Pontio  Pilato  crucifixus  mortuns 
et  sepultus,  descendit  ad  inferna 

5.  tertia  die  resurrexit  a  mortuis, 

6.  ascendit  ad  caelos, 

7.  sed?V  ad  dexteram  Dei  Patris  omnipotentis 

8.  inde  uenturus  iudicare  uiuos  et  mortuos 

9.  Credo  in  Spiritum  sanctum, 

10.  sanctam     ecclesiam     catholicam     sanctorum 
cotnmunionem, 

1 1.  remissionem  peccatorum, 

12.  carnis  resurrectionem,  uitam  aeternam. 


fol.  \^\  b. 

1.  Credis     in    Deum     Patrem     omnipotentem 

2.  Credis  et  in  (lesum  Christum)  Filium  eius 
unicum  dominum  nostrum 

3.  qui  conceptus  est  de  Spiritu  sancto  natus  ex 
Maria  uirgine, 

4.  passus  sub  Pontio   Pilato  crucifixus  viortuus 
et  sepultus,  descendit  ad  inferna, 

5.  tertia  die  resurrexit  a  mortuis, 

6.  ascendit  ad  caelos, 

7.  sed//  ad  dexteram  Dei  Patris  omnipotentis 

8.  inde  uenturus  iudicare  uiuos  et  mortuos 

9.  Cred/j  in  Spiritum  sanctum, 

10.  sanctam     ecclesiam     catholicam     sanctorum 
communionem, 

1 1.  remissionem  peccatorum, 

12.  carnis  resurrectionem,  uitam  aeternam. 


'  Pope  Vigilius  in  his  Encyclical  called  C  Symbolum,  and  the  Latin  te.xt  in  use  at  Rome  had  phrases  in  common 
with  R. 

'  Martene,  De  antiquis  ecclesiae  ritibus,  lib.  I.  cap.  i.  Ord.  12.  (vol.  i,  p.  42,  ed.  1763). 

FACS.    CREEDS.  "  C 


lO  THE    APOSTLES     CREED. 


§  /.■ — Codex   Einsidlensis,   199. 

The  full  title  of  the  treatise,  from  which  we  quote  the  first  dated  appearance  of  T,  is 
Dicta  Ahbatis  Priminii  de  singulis  libris  canonicis  scarapsus.  Very  little  is  known  about  the 
personal  history  of  Priminius.  He  came  to  Alamannia  as  a  '' peregrinus"  and  founded 
monasteries  of  which  the  best  known  is  Reichenau.  Driven  thence,  he  ended  his  days  in 
the  Abbey  of  Hornbach,  where  he  received  a  visit  from  his  friend  Boniface,  who  was  starting 
on  his  last  missionary  journey. 

Dr.  Traube's  notes  prove  that  the  MS.  may  have  been  written  at  any  of  the  monasteries 
specially  associated  with  the  name  of  Priminius,  e.g.  Reichenau  or  Murbach.  The  relations 
of  the  script  to  Spanish  handwriting  are  very  interesting.  They  coincide  with  the  internal 
evidence  of  the  treatise  which  is  dependent  on  a  writing  of  Martin  of  Bracara.  Such 
dependence,  to  which  Dr.  Traube  does  not  refer,  confirms  his  suggestion  that  Priminius  may 
have  been  a  Spaniard.     The  ordinary  view  that  he  was  an  Irish  monk  has  no  better  support. 

Priminius  quotes  the  Apostles'  Creed  in  three  different  contexts.  In  the  first  (c.  10)  he 
narrates  the  legend  of  its  Apostolic  origin.  In  the  second  {c.  12),  from  which  our  facsimile 
is  taken,  he  describes  the  ceremonies  of  Baptism.  The  third  [c.  28)  is  a  summary  instruction 
on  faith  and  morals.      The  variations  in  the  creed-texts  are  triflino-. 

o 

To  show  the  dependence  of  Priminius  in  this  passage  on  the  earlier  treatise  of  Martin 
of  Bracara  de  correctione  rusticoruin,  I  will  indicate  the  words  quoted  by  thick  type.  But  it 
will  at  once  appear  that  he  deliberately  altered  both  the  form  of  Renunciation  and  the  form 
of  Creed. 

Dicta  abbatis  Priminii. 

Ideo,  fratrcs,  ad  memoriam  ue.stram  reducimus  qualem  pactum  in  ipso  baptistirio  cum  dec  fecimus, 
v.g.  cum  interrogati  singuli  nomen  nostrum  a  sacerdote  fuimus,  quomodo  diceremur,  respondisti  aut  tu, 
si  iam  poteras  respondere,  aut  certe  qui  pro  te  fidem  fecit,  qui  te  de  fonte  suscepit,  et  dixit  :  lohannis 
dicitur,  aut  aliud  nomen.  Et  interrogauit  sacerdos :  lohannis,  abrenuncias  diabulo  et  omnibus 
operibus  eius  et  ovmibus  pompis  eiiis  ?  Respondisti :  Abrenuntio,  hoc  est  despitio  et  derelinquo  omnia 
opera  mala  et  diabolica.  Post  istam  abrenuntiationem  diabuli  et  omnibus  operibus  eius,  et  interrogatus 
es  a  sacerdote :  Credis  in  deum  patrcin  oi/inipotenteiii,  creatorem  caeli  et  terrae  ?  Et  respondisti :  Credo. 
Et  iterum  :  Crcdts  et  tu  lesuin  Christum  filiiiin  eius  unicum,  doiiiinum  nostrum,  qui  conceptus  est  de  spiritu 
sancto,  natus  ex  Maria  virgine,  passus  sub  Pontio  Pilato,  crucifixus,  mortuus  et  sepultus,  discendit  ad  inferna, 
tertia  die  surrexit  a  mortuis,  ascendit  ad  caelos,  sedit  ad  dcxteraui  del  patris  omnipotentis,  inde  uenturus 
iudicare  uiuos  et  mortuos  ?  Et  respondisti  :  Credo.  Et  tertio  interrogauit  sacerdos  :  Credis  et  in  spiritu 
sancto,  saiicta  aecclesia  catltolica,  sanctorum  communionc,  remissionc  peccatorum,  carnis  resurrectionem ,  uitam 
eternam.  Respondisti  aut  tu,  aut  patrinus  pro  te  :  Credo.  Ecce  pactio  qualis  et  promissio  uel  confessio 
uestra  apud  deum  tenetur.  Et  credcns  baptizatus  es  in  nomine  patris  et  filii  et  spiritus  sancti  in  remissionc 
omnium  peccatorum,  et  unctus  es  a  sacerdote  chrisma  salutis  in  uitam  aeternam,  et  induit  corpus  tuum 
uestem  candidam,  et  Christus  animam  tuam  induit  gratiam  celestem,  et  adsignatus  est  tibi  sanctus  angelus 
ad  custodiendum  te 

To  point  the  contrast  between  Martin's  form  of  Renunciation  and  that  of  Priminius,  I  will 
quote  them  in  parallel  columns  with  other  Galilean  forms. 


THE    APOSTLES     CREED. 


II 


Martin  t  580. 

Promisistis  uos  abrenuntiare  diabolo  et  angelis 
eius  et  omnibus  opcribus  eius  malis. 


Abrenuncias 
uoluptatibus  eius  ? 


Miss.  Gallic. 
Satanae,      pompis      saeculi, 


et 


Priminius. 

Abrenuntias  diabolo  et  omnibus  operibus  eius  et 
omnibus  pompis  eius? 


Eligius  of  Noyon  1 659. 
Abrenuntiastis     enim     diabolo    et     pompis     et 
operibus  eius. 

Sacr.  Gallic. 

Abrenuncias  Satanae,  pompis  eius,  luxuriis  suis, 
saeculo  huic  ? 

Roman  rite  {Sacr.  Gelas.  and  Greg.) 
Abrenuntias  Satanae  et  omnibus   operibus  eius 
et  omnibus  pompis  eius  ? 


Martin's  Creed  was  as  follows,  the  points  at  which  it  varies  from  the  Creed  of  Priminius 
being  indicated  by  asterisks  and  italics. 

Credo  in  Deum  Patrem  ****_£)■  ;,-,  \csu  Christ^?,  fili^  eius  umco,  deo  ct  domino  nostro,  qui 
nattis  est  de  Spiritu  sancto  *  a  Maria  uirgine,  passus  sub  Pontio  Pilato,  crucifixus  *  et  sepultus, 
[descendit  ad  inferna],^  tertia  die  resurrexit  uiuus  a  mortuis,  ascendit  in  caelos,  sed('t  ad  dexteram    *    Patris 

*  ,  inde  uenturus  iudicare  uiuos  et  mortuos.     Credo  in  (sanctum  Spiritum),  sanctaw  ecclesiaw  catholicaw 

*  *     remissione;//  omniuvi  peccatorum,  carnis  resurrectionem  ct  uitam  aeternam. 

It  is  true  that  Priminius  is  not  giving  a  full  account  of  the  ceremonies  of  baptism,  so  that 
it  is  not  wise  to  lay  much  stress  on  the  fact  that  he  speaks  of  baptism  as  following  the 
recitation  of  the  Creed.  This  was  a  Roman  custom,  for  in  Gallican  services  an  interval  was 
allowed  to  elapse."  But  the  cumulative  argument  is  strong  when  we  note  that  in  addition  to 
the  Roman  form  of  Renunciation  he  adds  a  reminiscence  of  the  Roman  prayer  of  Unction  after 
baptism  which  may  be  contrasted  with  the  Gallican  prayer  as  follows  :  — 


Roman. 
Deus  omnipotens,  Pater  domini  nostri  lesu 
Christi,  qui  te  regenerauit  ex  aqua  et  Spiritu 
sancto,  quique  dedit  tibi  remissionem  omnium 
peccatorum,  ipse  te  linit  chrismate  salutis  in  uitam 
aeternam. 


Gallican. 

Deus  Pater  domini  nostri  lesu  Christi,  qui  te 
regenerauit  per  aquam  et  Spiritum  sanctum, 
quique  tibi  dedit  remissionem  peccatorum  per 
lauacrum  regenerationis  et  sanguinem,  ipse  te  liniat 
chrismate  suo  sancto  in  uitam  aeternam. 


There  can  be  little  doubt  that  Priminius  had  the  Roman  prayer  in  his  mind  when  he 
wrote  :  chrisma^  salutis  in  uitam  aeternam.  May  we  not  in  default  of  other  evidence  assume 
that  his  creed  also  was  derived  from  a  Roman  source  ?  The  evidence  of  Priminius  thus  bringfs 
us  to  the  crux  of  this  whole  investigation  into  the  origin  of  T,  since  the  occurrence  of  T  in  his 
treatise,  which  was  written  about  a.d.  730,  is  its  first  dated  appearance,  though  in  other  MSS. 
we  have  found  forms  closely  approximating  to  It.  In  another  section  we  will  endeavour  to 
survey  the  whole  evidence. 


■  (?;«.  Cod.  Bernensis,  codd.  Sangall. 

2  In  the  Gallican  Order  the  recitation  of  the  Creed  took  place  on  Maundy  Thursday :  Martin  of  Bracara  can.  49. 
Ildefonsus,  c.  34. 

'  The  form  chrisma  is  found  in  Miss.  Gallic,  as  a  noun  of  the  first  declension  {ed.  Mabillon,  p.  363). 

C    2 


12  the  apostles    creed. 

§  8. — Conclusions. 
The  conclusions  to  which  I  am  led  by  the  evidence  are  as  follows  : — 

The  existence  of  a  Galilean  type  of  creed,  used  by  Caesarius  of  Aries  and  Cyprian 
of  Toulon,  has  been  proved.  It  may  be  traced  in  the  writing  of  Eligius  of 
Noyon,  and  in  other  sermons  such  as  Ps.  Aug.  242,  as  in  the  Galilean  sections 
of  Sacramentaries,  the  Galilean  Missal  and  the  Sacramentary  of  Gellone. 

The  history  of  the  Creed  in  Britain  began  with  Galilean  forms  of  the  type  preserved  in 
the  Bangor  Antiphonary,  which  Celtic  Christianity  may  have  inherited  through 
St.  Patrick  from  Lerins.  But  the  type  brought  by  the  missionaries  who 
followed  Augustine  was  of  the  simpler  character  of  R,  though  the  process  of 
assimilation  to  the  Celtic  Creed  soon  began.  The  Creed  of  Cod.  Bernensis 
N.  645  is,  as  it  were,  a  wreck  cast  up  by  the  tide  of  change. 

The  occurrence  of  forms  approximating  to  T  at  an  earlier  date  than  the  Creed  of 
Priminius  such  as  we  find  in  the  Galilean  Sacramentary  may  lead  eventually  to  proof  that  T 
came  into  existence  at  Bobbio  or  more  probably  Luxeuil.  But  it  does  not  invalidate  the 
conclusion  that  it  was  disseminated  from  those  centres  of  monastic  life  in  conformity  with 
Roman  custom,  and  was  probably  substituted  for  R  in  Rome  by  one  of  the  Popes  before 
A.D.  700. 

All  the  evidence  seems  to  converge  on  this  conclusion.  Amalarius  of  Treves 
recommended  T  to  Charles  the  Great  with  the  statement  that  he  followed  the  Ordo  Romamis. 
The  new  text  of  the  seventh  Ordo  Romamis  in  Cod.  Sessorianus  52  proves  the  existence  of  T 
in  a  Roman  collection  of  the  ninth  century.  Priminius,  the  friend  of  Boniface,  is  found  to 
quote  the  Roman  form  of  Renunciation  and  the  Roman  prayer  of  Unction.  Though  it  is  not 
clear  from  his  writings  what  form  Boniface  used,  there  can  be  little  doubt  that  he  and  his 
disciples  generally  used  T.  The  form  which  we  have  found  interpolated  at  Luxeuil  in  the 
seventh  century  finds  increasing  acceptance  in  the  eighth  century.  The  evidence  of 
Priminius  coincides  with  the  evidence  of  the  Galilean  Missal  and  the  Sacramentary  of  Gellone. 
There  was  a  constant  Romanising  of  liturgical  forms  at  work  throughout  Gaul  during  the 
eighth  century.  Among  other  attempts  which  Charles  made  to  bring  order  out  of  chaos  we 
must  put  his  acceptance  of  T,  which  arrived  at  its  oecumenical  position  through  the  corrected 
Psalters  that  spread  from  his  schools  all  over  the  west.  We  can  see,  however,  clearly  that  he 
inherited  a  tradition  which  was  nearly  a  century  old.  He  built  on  foundations  already  laid  by 
Pope  Gregory  II.,  and  that  great  missionary  Boniface.  Thus  the  old  Roman  Creed,  enriched 
by  contributions  both  from  east  and  west,  from  the  Church  of  the  Danube  lands  and  the  early 
Galilean  Church,  grew  into  its  final  form  and  began  its  career  as  the  Baptismal  Creed  of  all 
Western  Christendom. 


THE    NICENE    CREED. 


13 


II.     THE    NICENE    CREED. 

§  I. — The  Creed  of  the  Nicene  Counch.  (N). 

Cod.  Vatic,  lat.  1322,  saec.  vi.  vii. 
Cod.  Tolosamis  364  (I.  63),  saec.  vii. 

The  type  of  the  text  of  N  quoted  in  Cod.  Vat.  lat.  1322  is  taken  from  the  Actio  Sexta 
of  the  Council  of  Chalcedon  in  the  version  of  Rusticus,  which  is  dependent  on  a  MS.  from 
the  Monastery  of  the  Sleepless  Monks  at  Constantinople.  It  is  corrupted  both  by  additions 
and  omissions,  which  probably  represent  the  influence  of  the  Constantinopolitanum  (C)  as  the 
Baptismal  Creed  of  Constantinople,  certainly  from  a.d.  451.  This  does  not  surprise  us  when 
we  bear  in  mind  the  tendency  of  copyists  to  assimilate  forms.  The  omission  of  words 
corresponding  to  TOVTianiv  Ik  t^s  ovaia<i  tov  Trarpo?  Beov  e'/c  ©eoO,  which  are  not  found  in  C,  is 
probably  intentional,  but  the  omission  of  lumen  de  lumine  is  probably  a  blunder.  I  have 
indicated  additions  by  square  brackets  [  ]  and  omissions  by  asterisks.  On  the  whole  the 
text  is  purer  than  the  Greek  text  which  I  have  quoted  from  Mansi's  Concilia,  vii,  p.  no 
(Facsimile,  1901),  setting  its  variations  beside  the  original  text  as  quoted  by  Athanasius  de 
Decretis. 

The  text  transmitted  by  Cod.  Tolosamis,  which  is  taken  from  the  letter  of  Pope  Leo  I.  to 
the  Emperor  Leo  I.,  is  pure,  and  bears  testimony  to  the  accuracy  of  Roman  theologians.  It 
confirms  also  the  accuracy  of  the  translation  transmitted  by  Hilary  de  Synodis.  I  have  noted 
the  trifling  variations. 

There  is  not  much  to  say  about  this  text.  Full  information  about  other  Latin  versions 
can  be  obtained  from  Mr.  Turner's  well-known  book,  Ecclesiae  Occidentalis  Monwnenta  Juris 
Antiquissima  (Clarendon  Press). 


Cod.  Vatic.^ 

Credimus  in  unum  Deum  Patrem  omni- 
potentem,  [factorem  caeli  ct  terrae]  uisi- 
bilium  omnium  et  inuisibilium  : 
Et  in  unum  Dominum  lesum  Christum 
Filium  Dei  unigenitum,  qui  natus  est  de 
[ex]  Patre  [ante  omnia  saecula] 


Cod.  Tolos.  (with  the  variations  found  in  text 
quoted  in  Hil.  de  Synodis). 

Credimus   in    unum    Deum    Patrem    omni- 
potentem  uisi- 

5  bilium  et  inuisibilium  factorem. 

Et    in    unum    Dominum    nostrum    lesum 
filium  Dei  natum  de 

Patre    unigenitum    hoc    est    de   substantia 
Patris,  Deum  de  Deo,  lumen  de  lumine. 


5  inuisibilium  :  uisibilium  V. 
J  de  :  de  ex  V. 


4  uisibilium  :  pr.  omnium  Hil. 

5  lesum  +  Christum  Hil. 
7  de  :  ex  Hil. 

9  de  :  ex  Hil. 


14 


THE    NICENE    CREED. 


Cod.  Vatic' 

Deum    uerum    de    Deo    uero,    natum    non 
factum,    consubstantialem    Patri,   per   quern 
lO  omnia  facta  sunt : 


qui  [propter]  nos  homines  et  propter  salutem 
nostram  discendit  et  incarnatus  est  atque 
humanatus  est  et  passus  est  et  resurrexit 
tertia    die   et    ascendit    in    caelos,    uenturus 

1 5  iudicare  uiuos  et  mortuos  : 
Et  in  Spiritum  sanctum. 
Eos    autem    qui    dicunt :    Erat    aliquando 
quando   non   erat,  et  priusquam  nasceretur 
non  erat,  [quia]  Ex  non  extantibus    factus 

20  est,  aut  Ex  alia  subsistentia  uel  substantia 
dicentes  esse  aut  conuertibilem  aut 

mutabilem  Filium  Dei,  hos  anathematizat 
catholica  et  apostolica  Dei  ecclesia. 


Cod.  Tolos. 

10  Deum  uerum  de  Deo  uero,  natum  non 
factum  unius  substantiae  cum  Patre,  quod 
Graeci  dicunt  omousion,  per  quern  omnia 
facta  sunt,  sine  quae  in  caelo  siue  quae  in 
terra. 

1 5  qui  propter  nostram  salutem  discendit  incar- 
natus est  et  homo  factus  est  passus  est 
resurrexit  tertia  die  ascendit  in  caelos 
uenturus  iudicare  uiuos  et  mortuos 

Et  in  Spiritum  sanctum. 


1 1  propter  :  V.  cen. 

1 2  nostra  V. 
14  ascindit  V. 

16  in  :  siipr.  lin.  V. 

20  alia  :  lia  V. 

23  apostholica  V.     Dei  siepr.  lin.  V. 


12  Graece  Hil. 

12  homousion  Hil. 

13  om.  siue  Hil. 

13  siue  quae  :  et  Hil. 

16  passus  :  pr.  et  Hil.     resurrexit :  pr.  et  Hil. 

1 7  ascendit :  /;-.  et  Hil. 


Creed  of  Nicene  Council. 


{Euseb.  Ep.  ad  Caes.  ap.  Ath.  de  Decretis.) 

Uia-revofiev  et?  eva  Seov  Trarepa 
TravTOKparopa  ■jto.vtwv  opdrcov  re  /cat 
aoparmv  ttoitjttJv 
5   Kat  et?  eva  Kvptov  'Irjaovv 

^pia-Tov  TOP  vlov  Tov  @eov,  +  yevvr/divra 
eK  TOV  7raT/3o?  /lovoyevfj,  TOVTearip 
eK  T7J?  ovaiai  tov  iraTpo';,  Seov  Ik 
©eoO,  (^w?  e'/c  (fxoTO'i,   &eov  dXtjOivov  eK  @eov 
10  dkrjOivov, 

•yevvrjOevTa,  ov  TroitjOevTa,  ofioovaiov 
Tcu  TraTpl  8t  ov  to.  TrdvTa  eyevcTo 
TO,  Te  ev  Tft)  ovpavu)  kuI  to.  ev  TJj  yfj, 
TOV  Bi  rjfid'i  Toil?  dvOpcoTTOVi  Koi 


Variations  in  the  Greek  Text  of  Chalcedonian    * 
Definition. 


out.  Ta  Te  eu  tw  ovpavcu  kui  tu  ev  Ttj  yf}- 


TUE    NICENE   CREED. 


15 


15  8ia  TTjv  '^/leripav  crcoTTjpiav  icareKdovra  + 
Kal  crapK0)6evTa  +  Kal  evavOpwrrrjo-avTa  4 

Tradovra  +  koI  dvaaTuvra 

rfi  TpiT^  VM'^P?'  +  "veXdovra  eh 

Tou?  ovpavow  + ,  Kal  ipyofievov  +  Kplvai 

20  ftSfTa?  Kal  veKpov's  +  . 


Kai  et?  TO  (iyiov  irvevfia  + 

Toil?  Se  XeyovTa?,  ^i*  Trore  ore 

ou/c  j;!", 

Kal  Trplv  <ysvvrj6rivai  ovk  qv 
25   Kal  oTL  e^  OVK  ovToiv  iyevero 

rj  e'f  eripai  vTroa-Tdaeo)<; 

rj  ov(7la<; 

<f>aa'KovTa'i  eivai,  rj  kticttov,  ?; 

Tpeirrov,  57  aXXoicoTov 
30  TOP  v'lov  Tov  ("!)eoD,  + 

(IvadefLaTi^et  rj  KCiOoKiKr)  + 

e/CKXrjOLa.  ^ 


+  eK  Twi'  ovpavcov 
+  eK  Tli>ev^aTO<;  'Aylov  Kal 
Maplas  T^?  TrapOevov 
+  cTTavpcodevTa  re  virep 
rjfiMV  eVi  YlovTiov  HiXdrov 
+  Kul  Ta^evTa 
+  Kara  Ta<;  ypa<^at;  Kal 
+  Kal  Kade^o/xevov  ev  Se^ia 
TOV  YlaTpo'i  Kal  TTuXlV 
+  fiera  86^r)<; 
+  ov  Tr}<;  /SacrtXet'a?  ovk 
earai  reXo^. 
tr.  TO  TTcew/ia  to  ayiov 
+   TO  KVpiOV  TO  ^(ooiroicv 


Om.  ■))  KTICTTOV 
+  TOUTOl'9 

+  UTroaTo\i,Kr] 


§    2. — CONSTANTINOPOLITANUM. 

The  type  of  the  text  of  C  which  is  transmitted  in  the  Vatican  and  Toulouse  MSS.  is  the 
form  which  is  quoted  in  the  sixth  Aclio  of  the  Council  of  Chalcedon.  To  explain  its 
importance  I  must  say  something  of  recent  enquiries  into  the  history  of  C. 

It  is  commonly  agreed  that  C  is  a  revised  text  of  the  Creed  of  Jerusalem,  which  was 
mentioned,  if  not  discussed,  at  the  Council  of  Constantinople  in  a.d.  381.  At  the  Council  of 
Chalcedon,  a.d,  451,  it  was  read  from  the  now  lost  Acts  of  the  former  Council  and  was  quoted 
as  in  some  sense  their  exposition,  i.e.  "  the  exposition  of  the  150  Fathers." 

That  it  was  not  edited  by  the  Council  of  Constantinople  may  be  proved  by  the  fact  that 
it  was  quoted  by  Epiphanius,  Bishop  of  Salamis,  in  his  treatise  Ancorattis,  which  was  written 
about  the  year  a.d.  374.  Some  priests  and  leading  churchmen  of  Syedra  in  Pamphylia  had 
asked  him  for  an  exposition  of  Catholic  Teaching  on  the  Trinity.  He  appears  to  imply  that 
it  had  been  introduced  into  his  diocese  as  a  Baptismal  Creed.  His  words  are  ambiguous,  but 
by  a  simple  emendation,  the  addition  of  koX  before  aTro  iravToiv,  Dr.  Bindley  shows  that  they 
may  be  taken  to  give  a  consistent  and  true  statement,  namely,  that  the  Creed  was  composed  of 
apostolic,  Jerusalem,  and  Nicene  teaching'  :  /cat  avTrj  [lev  17  ttlo-tl?  TrapeSoOy)  dno  tc^v  ayicav 
dTTOCTTokojv,  Kai  Iv  iKKhrjcria  Trj  dyCa  vroXet  [^Koij  diro  irdvTov  bjxov  twv  ayiutv  iiricrKotTbiv  virep 
TpiaKocrioiv  Se/ca  tov  dpidp.6v. 


'  Oecunuitical  Documents,  1899,  p.  72. 


1 6  THE    NICENE    CREED. 

There  can  be  no  question  that  the  revision  of  the  Jerusalem  Creed  quoted  by  Epiphanius 
was  the  work  of  Cyril  of  Jerusalem,  since  three  of  the  changes  made  in  the  old  form,  apart 
from  the  introduction  of  Nicene  phrases,  express  opinions  which  he  had  taught  definitely  in  his 
Catechetical  lectures.  These  changes  are  KaOelofj-evov  for  KadicravTa,  jLiera  80^5  for  eV  80^3, 
vcKpatv  for  crapKo?. 

At  Chalcedon  C  was  quoted  in  the  first  session  by  Diogenes  of  Cyzicus.  He  accused 
Eutyches  of  falsehood  in  denying  that  the  faith  of  the  Nicene  Council  could  receive  additions. 
"  It  received  an  addition  from  the  holy  Fathers  because  of  the  perversities  of  Apollinarius  and 
Valentinus  and  Macedonius  and  men  like  them  ;  and  there  have  been  added  to  the  symbol  of 
the  Fathers  the  words,  '  who  came  down  and  was  incarnate  of  the  Holy  Ghost  and  the  Virgin 
Mary.'" 

At  the  second  session  when  N  had  been  read  and  received  with  enthusiasm,  Aetius, 
Archdeacon  of  Constantinople,  read  C  as  "the  holy  faith  which  the  150  holy  Fathers  set 
forth  in  harmony  with  the  holy  and  great  Synod  at  Nicaea."  It  was  greeted  with  exclamations 
such  as  :  "  This  is  the  faith  of  all,  this  is  the  faith  of  the  orthodox,  so  we  all  believe."  At  the 
close  of  the  conference  the  Imperial  Commissioners  directed  those  who  had  doubts  to  come  to 
conference  with  Anatolius,  Archbishop  of  Constantinople.  It  seems  that  Constantinopolitan 
churchmen,  who  had  naturally  a  greater  interest  in  the  Council  of  381  than  the  representatives 
of  other  Churches,  pressed  for  recognition  of  the  Creed  which  they  had  come  to  regard  as  its 
work.  In  all  probability  the  form  in  which  they  brought  it  forward  at  the  second  session  was 
the  form  in  which  they  had  for  some  time  used  it  as  their  Baptismal  Creed.  The  result  of  the 
Conference  with  Anatolius  was  the  triumph  of  the  form  which  was  brought  up  at  the  fifth 
session  and  confirmed  in  the  Definition  of  the  Council  at  the  sixth  session,  with  the 
concurrence  if  not  the  assistance  of  the  Papal  legates. 

Dr.  Kunze  has  suggested,'  and  the  idea  was  hailed  by  Dr.  Kattenbusch,-  that  Leo's  letter 
to  Flavian  gave  the  impulse  to  put  C  forward  because  it  contained  a  parallel  to  the  words  "  qui 
natus  est  de  Spiritu  sancto  et  Maria  uirgine,"  which  Leo  quoted  from  the  Old  Roman  Creed. 
There  was  no  parallel  to  them  in  N.  In  the  form  quoted  at  the  sixth  session  there  is  another 
parallel  in  the  words  "  crucifixus  est  .  .  .  et  sepultus  "  on  which  again  the  Pope  laid  stress. 
We  may  even  question  whether  the  Pope  had  not  this  form  of  C  in  his  mind  when  he  wrote  so 
emphatically  of  the  teaching  as  professed  "  in  the  common  and  undistinguishable  confession  "  by 
all  the  faithful,  and  as  confessed  in  the  Creed  by  all.' 

It  is  noteworthy  that  the  same  form  is  quoted  by  Pope  Vigilius  in  his  Constitutum. 

The  omission  of  the  Filioque  may  be  noted.  Until  many  more  MSS.  have  been  carefully 
collated  it  is  perhaps  rash  to  raise  the  ultimate  question  whether  we  have  not  in  this  old 
Latin  version  the  purest  text  of  the  original  Constantinopolitan  Creed. 

There  was  less  temptation  to  assimilate  texts  in  the  west  where  the  Apostles'  Creed  was 
used  at  Baptisms.  This  process  of  assimilation  of  the  texts  of  N  and  C  had  begun  before 
the  Council  of  Ephesus,  and  was  acknowledged  in  so  many  words  at  Chalcedon,  when  the 
text  published  in  the  sixth  session  differed  from  that  quoted  by  Aetius  at  the  second  session. 

'  Das  Nicdnisch-Konstantinopolitanische  Symbol,  p.  37. 
"■  Theol.  Literaturseitung,  1898,  col.  681. 

^  c.W:  illam  communem  et  indiscretam  confessionem     .     .     .     qua  fidelium  uniuersitas  profitetur :  c.  \  :  omnes 
etiam  in  Symbolo  confitemur. 


THE    NICENE    CREED.  17 

I  will  quote  the  text  of  C  as   published  in  the  sixth  session,  comparing  other  MSS.  with 
the  Vatican  and  Toulouse  MSS. 

C  in  Council  of  Chalcedon,  Rusticus'  version  of  Actio  sexta.        ' 
A,     Cod.  Albigensis  2  saec.  ix.  \  MSS.   of    the    same    collection.      Their    agreement    is 


't>^ 


T,  Cod.  Tolosanus  364  (I.  63)  saec.  vii.    J  marked  as  T. 

N,  Cod.  Vat.  1322  saec.  vi. 

M,  Cod.   Mediolanensis   Ambrosianus   E    147   sup.   p.    124,   saec.   vii-viii.     [Another    MS.   of  the 

collection  of  Rusticus  from  Bobbio.] 

/  Coa'.  FrtA  1127  j^^cr.  ix  from  Angouleme  1  This    agreement    is    marked 

F,  Cod.  Paris.  B.N.  tat.  145 1  saec.  ix  iti.     Collection  of  St.  Maur       J  as  F. 

H,  Translation  in  Hadrian's  edition  o{  Dionysius  Exiguus,  printed  by  Hahn,^  p.  165. 

Vig.  Text  found  in  the  Constitutum  of  Pope  Vigilius  (553)  Migne  P.L.  Ixix,  145. 

cant.  Cod.  Cantabrig.  G  g.  5.  35  saec.  xi  from  S.  Augustine's,  Canterbury. 

ITERVM   SYMBOLVM   CENTVM   QVINQVAGINTA. 

Credimus  in  unum  Deum  Patrem  omnipotentem,  factorem  caeli  et  terrae,  uisibilium  omnium  et 
inuisibilium  : 

et  in  unum  Dominum  lesum  Christum  Filium  Dei  unigenitum,  natum  ex  Patre  ante  omnia  saecula 
5  *  *  Deum  uerum  de  Deo  uero,  natum  non  factum,  consubstantialem  Patri  per  quem  omnia  facta 
sunt ;  qui  propter  nos  homines  et  .salutem  nostram  descendit  *  et  incarnatus  est  de  Spiritu 
sancto  et  Maria  uirgine,  et  humanatus  est  et  crucifixus  est  pro  nobis  sub  Pontio  Pilato  *,  et 
sepultus  est  et  resurrexit  tertia  die  *,  ascendit  in  caelos,  sedet  ad  dexteram  Patris,  iterum  uenturus 
[est]  cum  gloria  iudicare  uiuos  et  mortuos,  cuius  regni  non  erit  finis  : 
10  et  in  Spiritum  sanctum  Dominum  et  uiuificantem  ex  Patre  *  procedentem,  cum  Patre  et  Filio 
adorandum  et  conglorificandum,  qui  locutus  est  per  sanctos  prophetas  :  in  unam  *  catholicam  et 
apostolicam  ecclesiam  ;  confitemur  unum  baptisma  in  remissionem  peccatorum :  expectamus 
resurrectionem  mortuorum  [et]  uitam  futuri  saeculi.     amen. 

I.  ITERVM  :  ITEM  M  IDEM  ET  CENTVM  QVINQVAGINTA  SANCTORVM  PATRVM  QVI  CON.STANTI- 
NOPOLIM  CONGREGATI  SVNT  F  EXl'OSITIG  FIDEI  CL  SANCTORVM  [+  PATRVM  A*]  QVI  CONSTANTI- 
NOPOLIM  CONGREGATI  SVNT  T.  2.  credo  cant,  omnium  :  am.  T.  4.  in  :  om.  T.  unigenitum :  om.  TH. 
omnia:  om.M..  6.  et  1°:  4-  propter  F  ^a«/.  /r.  nostram  salutem  F  cant  discindit  N  ;  +  de  caelis  H 
cant.  7.  et  (ante  Maria) :  ex  H.  et  humanatus  (inhumatus  T)  est  et :  et  homo  factus  est  cant,  est  (/>ost 
humanatus) :  07n.  Vig.  pro  nobis  :  propter  nos  F.  sup  N.  Pilato  :  +  passus  cant.  8.  die  :  +  secundum 
scripturas  cant,  ascindit  N.  in :  ad  T  caelo  N  caelum  H  cant,  sedit  N  *  Vig.  cant,  {praem  et  Vig.) 
iterum  :  praem  et  F  cant.  9.  est :  om.  MFTH  Vig.  quuius  M.  tr.  finis  non  erit  T.  10.  uiuificatorem  F 
qui  ex  Patre  Filioque  procedit  cant,  qui  cum  Patre  et  Filio  simul  adoratur  et  conglorificatur  cant. 
Patrem/;  11.  coadorandum  et  glorificandum  Vig.  loquutus  MT.  sanctos:  ojn.f*  cant,  in:  et  H  <r««/.  et 
in  Vi^.  unam:  -I-  sanctam  H  cant.  12.  confiteor  A  *  {corr.  mp)  cant,  apostholicam  MN  baptisma  T 
baptismam  A  in  remissione  T  cant,  expectamus :  speramus.  Vig.  et  expecto  cant.  1 3.  resurrectione 
mortuorum  T.     et :  otn.  MT.     futuri  / 


FACS.    CREEDS. 


1 8  THE    ATHANASIAN    CREED 


III.     THE    ATHANASIAN    CREED. 

§   I. — Introduction. 

This  collection  of  facsimiles  of  MSS.  of  the  so-called  Athanasian  Creed  has  been  made 
with  the  object  of  proving  beyond  all  doubt  that  the  textus  receptus  has  existed  from  the 
seventh  century.  We  are  not  now  concerned  with  the  evidence  of  Commentaries,  or 
Quotations  (either  in  sermons  or  in  the  Canons  of  Councils),  or  with  the  internal  evidence 
by  which  the  date  of  the  creed  may  be  set  back,  certainly  to  the  sixth  and  probably  to  the  fifth 
century. 

Having  lost  the  valued  aid  of  Dr.  Traube  at  this  point,  I  have  somewhat  enlarged  the 
palaeographical  notes  at  the  beginning  of  each  section.  . 

§  2. — Leidrat's  MS. 

The  MS.  is  preserved  in  the  library  of  the  Marist  Fathers  of  Sainte-Foi-les-Lyon.  It 
consists  of  114  leaves,  the  size  being  260  X  175  mm.  They  are  .arranged  in  gatherings  of 
eight  leaves,  except  that  the  third  has  only  six,  and  the  fifth  ten.  The  signatures  i-xiii  end  on 
fol.  104.  The  four  leaves  following,  in  two  gatherings,  have  no  signatures.  What  might  be 
a  sixteenth  gathering  is  reduced  to  a  single  sheet,  which  the  binder  by  mistake  has  wrapped 
round  the  preceding  gathering  so  that  the  two  leaves  of  this  sheet  are  numbered  109  and  1 14. 
These  details  are  necessary  to  explain  the  fact  that  the  text  of  the  Quicmnque  begins  on 
fol.  109"  and  is  continued  on  fol.  114".  The  script  is  ordinary  Caroline  minuscule.  A  full 
description  of  it  has  been  published  by  M.  Leopold  Delisle'  whose  attention  was  drawn  to  it 
by  M.  I'Abb^  J.-B.  Martin,  to  whom  I  am  indebted  for  help  in  procuring  the  photographs. 

The  central  point  of  interest  in  the  MS.  lies  in  the  autograph  note  on  fol.  i''. 

Leidrat  licet  indignus  tamen  eptsco/>us 
istum  librum  tradidi  ad  altare 
sancii  stephani. 

The  same  dedication  is  found  in  three  other  MSS.,  some  treatises  by  S.  Augustine  in  the 
library  at  Lyons  (MS.  608  [524]),  and  the  Commentary  of  S.  Jerome  on  Isaiah  in  a  MS.  at  Paris 
(Bibl.  Nat.  MS.  lat.  152),  also  in  Lyons  599  [515]  Rufinus'  version  of  Gregory  of  Nazianzus. 

All  these  dedications  seem  to  have  been  written  by  the  Bishop  himself  A  secretary 
might  have  used  the  formula  luel  indignus,  but  would  almost  certainly  have  used  the  Latin 
form  of  the  name  Leidradus.^  Leidrat  held  the  see  of  Lyons  from  a.d.  798-814  when  he 
resigned.  The  MS.  must  have  been  written  before  814,  but  not  much  earlier,  because  it 
contains  verses  by  Alcuin. 

'  Notices  et  extraits  des  Manuscrits,  xxxv,  2'  partie. 

'  M.  Delisle  quotes  a  MS.  (Lyons  Library  526)  in  which  a  similar  dedication  has  been  erased  by  a  thief  and 
rewritten  by  a  clerk  of  the  ninth  or  tenth  century  with  the  form  Leidradus. 


THE   ATIIANASIAN    CREED.  19 

Leidrat's  successor  Agobard  gave  another  important  MS.,  the  leading  MS.  of  Tertullian 
(Cod.  Agobardinus,  Paris,  B.N.  lat.  1622).  to  the  same  church,  with  the  inscription  :  Liber 
oblatus  ad  altare  sancti  stephani  ex  uoto  agobardi  episcopi.  This  inscription  does  not  imply 
necessarily  that  the  book  was  given  during  Agobard's  lifetime. 

There  were  three  churches — Holy  Cross,  S.  Stephen,  S.  John  Baptist — standing  side 
by  side.  Probably  the  phrases  in  both  dedications  imply  no  more  than  storage  of  the  books 
in  the  Library. 

The  contents  of  Leidrat's  MS.  are  :  (i)  Porphyry's  Introduction  ;  (2)  a  translation  of  the 
Categories  of  Aristotle  attributed  to  S.  Augustine,  followed  by  some  verses  of  Alcuin ; 
(3)  fragments  of  a  treatise  on  Dialectic  ;  (4)  the  treatise  of  Apuleius  on  the  categorical 
syllogism  ;  (5)  the  commentaries  of  Boethius  on  Aristotle's  treatise  de  Interpretatione  ;  (6)  the 
de  dignitatc  humanae  condtd'onis  attributed  to  S.  Ambrose^  ;  (7)  a  collection  of  creeds  including 
the  first  Nicene  Creed,  the  Faiths  of  S.  Ambrose,  S.  Gregory  the  Great,  S.  Gregory  of 
Neocaesarea,  S.  Jerome  (=  the  Creed  of  Pelagius).  A  paraphrase  of  the  Lord's  Prayer 
follows,  then  an  introduction  to  the  Psalter,  including  quotations  from  Cassiodorus,  Damasus, 
Jerome,  Isidore,  and  Augustine. 

M.  Delisle  suggested  that  the  collection  of  creeds  was  prepared  for  Leidrat's  journey  to 
Spain  in  798,  when  he  was  combating  the  heresy  of  Adoptianism.  But  there  were  no  phrases 
even  in  the  Quicunique  which  directly  combated  this  revival  of  Nestorianism.  It  seems  more 
probable  that  the  collection  was  the  fruit  of  the  general  impulse  given  to  historical  research 
and  theological  studies  by  the  influence  of  Charles  the  Great. 

We  find  similar  collections  in  other  MSS.  of  the  period,  at  Leyden  (Cod.  lat.  xvii,  67,  F., 
saec.  viii,  ix),"  and  at  Karlsruhe  (Cod.  Atigiensis,  xviii,  saec.  ix  in.).  There  is  one  of  a  later 
date  at  Paris  (B.N.  lat.  2341,  saec.  x). 

But  it  is  of  more  importance  to  note  that  exactly  the  same  collection  of  creeds  in  the 
same  order,  together  with  most  of  the  extracts  which  follow  in  Leidrat's  MS.,  actually  form 
the  Introduction  to  the  famous  Golden  Psalter  at  Vienna  (Cod.  1861),'  which  was  written  by 
command  of  a  King  Charles  for  a  Pope  Hadrian.  Dr.  Traube  had  no  doubt  that  this  MS. 
belonged  palaeographically  to  the  time  of  Charles  the  Great.  He  intended*  to  write 
a  dissertation  on  it  in  conjunction  with  two  friends  who  were  interested  in  it  from  the  point 
of  view  of  the  history  of  Art.  He  connected  it  with  a  group  of  MSS.,  which  he  calls  the 
Ada-Group,  of  which  the  best  known,  though  not  the  best  specimen,  is  the  Treves  Ada-MS. 
He  was  not,  however,  able  to  decide  where  MSS.  of  this  group  were  written. 

I  venture  to  suggest  that  Leidrat  may  have  been  instructed  to  prepare  the  collection  for 
the  Psalter  which  was  designed  by  Charles  for  Pope  Hadrian  I.,  after  whose  death,  in 
A.D.  795,  the  MS.  seems  to  have  been  given  to  Queen  Hildegard.* 

In  the  Golden  Psalter  the  Quicunique  appears  in  what  was,  from  this  time  forward,  its 
usual  place  at  the  end  of  the  Psalter,  after  the  Canticles,  the  Lord's  Prayer,  and  the  Apostles' 

'  Migne,  P.  L.,  xvii,  1015. 

-  This  collection  includes  the  Confession  of  Faith  of  the  nth  C.  of  Toledo  (675),  in  which  Adoptianism  is  excluded 
by  the  words  :  "  Hie  etiam  Filius  Dei  natura  est  Filius  non  adoptione." 

'  I  have  also  found  the  collection  in  a  MS.  at  Brussels,  Cod.  8656,  saec.  ix,  where  it  is  headed  by  the  Quicunique. 

'  Letter  of  Nov.  20th,  1901. 

*  On  its  subsequent  history,  see  Ommanney,  Dissertation,  p.  104. 

D   2 


20  THE    ATHANASIAN    CREED. 

Creed.  We  can  trace  such  Psalters  spreading  throi^ghout  the  ninth  century  from  west  to  east 
of  the  Empire.  There  is  the  fine  Psaher  from  the  Abbey  of  St.  Germain-des-Pres  (Paris, 
B.N.  13 1 59)  which  was  prepared  on  the  eve  of  the  coronation  of  Charles  as  Holy  Roman 
Emperor.  There  are  the  Utrecht  Psalter  from  the  neighbourhood  of  Rheims,  c.  a.d.  830,  the 
Psalters  of  Fulco  of  Rheims,  of  Charles  the  Bald,  of  Lothair,  of  Count  Henry  (at  Troyes), 
and  others  at  St.  Gallen  and  Wiirzburg. 

Leidrat's  MS.  by  itself  crushes  the  theory  that  the  Quictmique  was  brought  into  its 
present  form  about  a.d.  813,  having  existed  previously  in  two  separate  portions.  We  may 
accept  without  question  a  quotation  of  the  second  clause  made  by  Agobard,  Leidrat's 
successor,  as  a  quotation  from  the  whole  creed  and  not  from  the  first  portion  only.  Some 
years  later  Floras,  a  deacon  of  the  Church  of  Lyons,  wrote  to  an  Abbot  Hyldrad  about  the 
correction  of  the  text  of  Psalters.  He  preferred  to  make  a  separate  volume  of  the  Hymns, 
Symbol,  Lord's  Prayer,  Faith  (=  Quicumqtce),  calendar  and  prayers,  which  he  found  included 
in  Psalters.  Also  in  a  letter  which  he  wrote  in  the  name  of  the  Church  of  Lyons  against  the 
teaching  of  John  the  Scot,  he  refers  to  "  the  Catholic  Faith,  the  true  faith  of  thinking  about 
God  which  must  be  preserved  whole  and  undefiled." 

Thus  it  is  no  longer  necessary  to  construct  an  elaborate  argument^  to  prove  that  the 
assumption  that  Paulinus  of  Aquileia  and  Alcuin  were  silent  regarding  the  Quicumque  is 
indeed  questionable.  The  parallels  in  their  writings  to  the  language  of  the  creed  are 
really  quotations.  But  against  the  new  Nestorianism  of  the  Adoptianists  as  against  the  old 
Nestorianism  of  the  fifth  century  its  phrases  needed  sharpening. 

In  M.  Delisle's  words  Leidrat's  MS.  has  "a  real  value  for  palaeographical  studies,"  and 
may  "furnish  elements  of  comparative  criticism  to  determine  the  date  of  several  MSS.  of  the 
beginning  of  the  Carolingian  period."^ 

§  3. — Codex  Pf.triburg.  Q.  I.  15. 

This  MS.  is  interesting  from  many  points  of  view.  In  the  first  place  it  is  one  of  the  lost 
Corbie  MSS.  which  have  found  their  way  to  the  Imperial  Library  at  St.  Petersburg  in  the 
collection  of  Peter  Dubrowsky,  who  was  an  attache  of  the  Russian  Embassy  at  Paris  at  the 
end  of  the  eighteenth  century.      His  name  may  be  seen  on  foi.  632'.      (Plate  19.) 

Mabillon  found  it  amonar  the  MSS.  of  the  Benedictine  House  of  St.  Germain-des-Pres, 
to  which  the  Benedictines  of  Corbie  had  brought  their  treasures  in  1638,  most  of  them 
eventually  finding  their  way  to  the  Bibliotheque  Nationale.  He  published  an  account  of  it 
with  a  facsimile  of  the  first  words  of  the  Quicumque  uuli  in  his  De  re  diploniatica^^ 
Unfortunately  he  gave  it  two  different  numbers,  257  and  267,  which  has  caused  some 
confusion  in  histories  of  the  Quicujnque.'^ 

The  indefatigable  zeal  of  Dr.  Traube,  who,  upon  my  showing  him  the  photograph,  was 
at  once  able  to  identify  it,  has  traced  the  history  of  the  MS.  a  stage  further.  Though  it 
belonged  to  Corbie  it  is  not  written  in  the  old  Corbie  hand.     In  Traube's  phrase  the  hand  is 

'   Cf.  my  The  Athanasian  Creed  and  its  early  Commen  aries,  p.  xlii. 

^  Art.  cit.,  p.  16. 

^  Ed.  1789,  torn,  i,  p.  366. 

*  Thus  Ommanney,  Diss,  on  Ath.  Creed,  p.  97,  quotes  it  as  two  separate  MSS. 


y 


THE    ATHANASIAN    CREED.  21 

insular  and  probably  Irish.  Corbie  had  comparatively  few  insular  MSS.,  but  there  are  some 
five  or  six  at  Paris  and  St.  Petersburg.  The  phrase  is  intended  to  mark  the  distinction 
between  Irish  and  Anglo-Saxon  hands  and  the  Continental  types.  This  MS.  has  marked 
individual  characteristics,  especially  the  formation  of  the  letters  t  and  e,  and  the  double  types 
of  the  latter.  The  type  \/  =  e  is  found  in  the  Book  of  Durrow,  the  Book  of  Dimma.  the 
marginal  writing  of  the  Boniface  MS.  i  at  Fulda,  and  Oxford  Douce  140. 

On  fol.  72  are  found  Aldhelnii  enigmata  ex  diuersis  rerum  creaturis  composita.  This  led 
Dr.  Traube  to  the  suggestion  that  the  MS.  comes  from  the  Irish  Monastery  of  P^ronne, 
which  lay  not  far  from  Corbie.  At  the  end  of  the  seventh  century  there  lived  at  P^ronne  an 
Irish  monk  Cellanus,  who  was  a  great  admirer  of  Aldhelm,  the  Anglo-Saxon  Abbot  of 
Malmesbury  (675-709),  who  was  also  Bishop  of  Sherborne  (705-709).  William  of 
Malmesbury  in  his  Gesta  pontificum  Anglorum  has  preserved  a  letter  from  Cellanus  to 
Aldhelm  with  Aldhelm's  reply.' 

Cellanus  was  himself  a  writer  of  verses,  which  Dr.  Traube  found  in  a  Florentine  MS., 
Cod.  lat.  phit.,  Ixvi,  40,  of  the  Laurentian  Library.  He  notes  that  the  Beneventine  copyist 
found  it  difficult  to  read  the  contractions  of  the  old  Irish  hand.  Thus  s.  crux  or  .?  crux  = 
sed  crux  became  scrux,  hie  became  hinc,  f  =■  per  became  prae,  p^/rv/mit  =  peremit  became 
premit. 

It  is  possible,  therefore,  that  Cellanus  was  the  author  of  the  strange  acrostic  Johannis 
celsi  rifnans  mysieria  caeli  which,  follows  the  text  of  the  Quicumque  on  fol.  63<5  of  our  MS. 
This  acrostic,  together  with  the  riddles  of  Aldhelm  and  Aldhelm's  work,  de  tiirginitate 
laudanda,  occur  in  another  St.  Petersburg  MS.  (F.  xiv,  i)  which  comes  from  the  Monastery 
of  St.  Riquier  on  the  Somme,  not  far  from  P^ronne  and  Corbie. 

The  Annals  of  Lorsch  record  the  death  of  an  Irish  Abbot  Cellanus  in  706,  who  is 
probably  to  be  identified  with  Cellanus  of  Peronne. 

We  may  suppose  that  the  MS.  was  written  by  an  Irish  monk  of  Peronne  who  wished  to 
make  the  verses  of  Aldhelm  known  to  his  neighbours  in  Corbie,  not  long  after  the  death  of 
Cellanus.      Dr.  Traube  notes  that  the  contraction  oi  nostri   ni  ow  fol.  63^  is  pre-Carolingian. 

The  text  of  the  Quicumque  does  not  call  for  any  special  remark.  But  it  is  interesting  to 
note  that  Angilbert,  Abbot  of  St.  Riquier,  which  is  not  far  from  Peronne,  recorded,  about 
814,  that  the  faith  of  S.  Athanasius  was  sung  by  his  school  in  procession  on  Rogation  Days 
with  the  Creeds  and  the  Lord's  Prayer." 

§  4. — Codex.  Monacensis  lat.  6298  (Fris.  98). 

The  MS.  is  described  in  the  Catalogue  as  "  membr.  in  2°  saec.  vii/viii,  114  fol.,  charactere 
anglo-saxonico  binis  columnis  scriptus."  Its  size  is  lof  in.  X  8j  in.  A  modern  note  ascribes 
it  to  Corbinian,  first  Bishop  of  Freising  (+  730),  but  without  authority,  though  it  certainly 
comes  from  the  Cathedral  at  Freising.  On  fol.  3°  a  certain  Amalricus  has  added  rhymes 
and  a  prayer  in  a  hand  of  the  eleventh  century. 

A  facsimile  of  fol.  71^  was  published  by  Silvestre,  Paldographie  IV,  f  12,  but  it  is  much 
less  accurate  than  a  photograph. 

'    Wilklm.  Malmesb.,  5,  191  (188),  ed.  Hamilton,  pp.  337  and  333. 

'^  Hariulf,  Chronique  de  Pabb.  de  Saint  Riquier,  pub.  F.  Lot,  Paris,  1894. 


22  THE   ATHANASIAN    CREED. 

The  MS.  contains  a  collection  of  sermons  which  were  probably  made  by  Caesarius  of 
Aries,  beginning  with  a  preface  Prologus  sme  humilis  stiggestio,  which  is  certainly  from  his 
pen.  It  is  immediately  followed  by  the  Quictimque  without  a  title.  The  text  contains  many 
erasures,  but  does  not  confirm  the  argument  that  the  text  of  the  creed  was  still  in  a  transitional 
state.  The  MS.  agrees  in  one  unimportant  variant  with  the  Profession  of  Denebert,  Bishop- 
elect  of  Worcester,  a.d.  798,  against  all  other  MSS.,  clause  5  enim  est.  It  probably 
represents  the  complete  text  from  which  he  quoted  such  clauses  as  seemed  necessary.' 

From  another  point  of  view  the  MS.  is  interesting  as  presenting  the  creed  at  the 
beginning  of  a  collection  of  the  sermons  of  Caesarius  of  Aries,  to  whom,  as  Dom  Morin  has 
shown,  the  authorship  may  with  some  plausibility  be  attributed.^ 

\  5. — Codex  Ambrosianus  O  212  sup.,  saec.  vii/viii. 

This  MS.  came  to  the  Ambrosian  Library  at  Milan  from  the  Monastery  of  Bobbio.  It 
is  a  thin  quarto  volume  of  18  folios,  10  in.  X  7^  in.  It  is  written  in  an  Irish  hand,  to  be 
compared  with  the  script  of  the  Antiphonary  of  Bangor.  In  the  opinion  of  Dr.  Ceriani,  the 
Librarian,  both  MSS.  were  probably  written  about  the  same  time,  i.e.,  the  end  of  the  seventh 
century.  Dr.  Traube  does  not  say  more  than  seventh  or  eighth  century,^  but  I  think  that 
anyone  who  has  carefully  examined  the  MS.,  without  prepossessions,  will  be  well  content  to 
leave  the  date  ±  700.  In  either  case,  it  supplies  a  link  to  connect  the  later  eighth  century 
MSS.  of  the  creed  with  the  seventh  century  quotations. 

The  MS.  contains  (i),  The  Book  of  Ecclesiastical  Dogmas  written  by  Gennadius, 
(ii),  the  Faith  of  Bachiarius  with  a  short  prayer,  (iii),  the  Qiiicuniqtie  without  title, 
(iv),  a  sermon  on  the  Ascension,  (v),  (in  a  slightly  later  eighth  century  hand)  the  Creed  of 
Damasus  under  the  title  "The  Faith  of  Jerome."^ 

The  text  of  the  Quicumque  on  fol.  \\r  is  of  the  earlier  type,  but  there  are  two  variations, 
which  have  been  supposed  to  point  to  a  transitional  form  of  text. 

In  cl.  22,  after  procedens,  the  words  patri  et  filio  coaeternus  est  are  added.  They  occur, 
however,  in  the  treatise  of  Gennadius,  and  twice  in  the  Faith  of  Bachiarius,  which  precede 
the  Quictmique  in  this  MS.,  so  it  was  very  natural  that  the  copyist  should  insert  them.  There 
is  no  reason  whatever  for  the  assumption  that  they  must  have  been  added  after  the  rise  of  the 
controversy  on  the  Procession  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  i.e.,  757.  Such  teaching  was  familiar  to 
theologians  of  the  seventh  century  through  the  writings  of  Augustine,^  and  instances  may  be 
multiplied  in  which  the  phrase  occurs,  e.g..  Canon  of  the  Third  Council  of  Toledo. 

In  cl.  29  the  words  ante  saecula  genitus  have  been  added  by  another  hand.  It  is  more 
probable  that  they  were  omitted  through  carelessness,  like  the  words  sed  patris  et  filii  et 
spiritus  sancti  of  cl.  6,  than  that  they  were  lacking  in  the  original  text.     Swainson   suggests 

'  Among  recent  discoveries  of  episcopal  professions  of  faith  which  quote  the  Quicumque  in  part  I  may  mentipn 
Cod.  Sessorianus  52  (clauses  4-6,  15,  16,  20-22,  24,  31,  30) ;  and  Cod.  Gandave?isis  saec.  ix/x,  which  contains  a  sermon 
on  the  faith  addressed  to  a  newly  elected  bishop,  found  also  in  Ordo  Romanus  (ed.  Hittorp,  p.  74). 

^  Rev.  Benedicti7ie,  Oct.,  1901. 

^  Perrona  Scotiorum,  p.  500. 

*  The  list  of  contents  in  a  late  hand  on  the  first  page  omits  the  Quicumque  and  includes  five  other  documents 
which  were  not  to  be  found  in  the  MS.  even  in  the  seventeenth  century.      Vid.  Muratori.  Anecdota,  ii,  224. 

'  de  Trin.,  vi,  13  ;  de  Civ.  Dei,  xi,  24. 


THE   ATHANASIAN    CREED.  2^ 

that  they  were  added  "  by  someone  who,  in  his  love  for  antithesis,  lost  sight  of  the  original 
meaning."^  But  the  antithesis  in  question  was  almost  a  commonplace  in  the  theology  of  the 
fifth  century,^  so  that  there  is  no  reason  to  doubt  that  they  had  a  definite  and  satisfactory 
meaning  in  the  mind  of  the  author.  It  is  true  that  in  the  Treves  fragment  they  have  been 
rewritten  over  an  erasure,  but  this  is  part  of  a  sermon  in  which  the  writer  allowed  himself 
liberties  in  dealing  with  the  text,  and  must  not  be  accepted  as  presenting  the  earliest  text.  In 
Co(jI.  Monacensis  lat.  6298  the  words  are  missing,  but  so  are  the  words  which  follow  et  homo 
est  ex  substantia  matris,  obviously  by  mere  oversight  of  the  copyist. 

§    6. — CoNCLUSldNS. 

The  conclusions  which  may  be  drawn  from  these  texts  are  of  two  kinds,  textual  and 
historical.  Without  attempting  to  give  a  complete  apfiarattis  criticus  I  will  print  the  text  of 
the  creed  and  add  some  notes  on  those  doubtful  readings,  not  many  in  number,  on  which 
these  MSS.  throw  light,  using  the  following  symbols — Cod.  Ambrosianus  A  ;  Leidrat's  MS. 
L4 ;  Cod.  lat.  Monacensis  M,  ;  Cod.  Petriburg.  C  ; — these  being  the  symbols  used  in  my 
Introduction  to  the  Creeds,  p.  189  ff. 

I     2  Quicumque  vult  salvus  esse  ante  omnia  opus  est  ut  teneat  catholicam  fidem,  quam  nisi  quisque 

integram  inviolatamque  servaverit  absque  dubio  in  aeternum  peribit. 

3  Fides  autem  catiiolica  haec  est  ut  unum  Deum  in  Trinitate  et  Trinitatem  in  Unitate  veneremur : 

4     5  neque   confundentes   personas  neque  substantiam   separantes.     Alia   est   enim    persona   patris 

6  alia  Filii  alia  Spiritus  Sancti,  sed  Patris  et  Filii  et  Spiritus  Sancti  una  est  divinitas,  aequalis 

gloria,  coaeterna  majestas. 

7     8  Qualis  Pater  talis  Filius  talis  et  Spiritus  Sanctus.     Increatus  Pater  increatus  Filius  increatus 

9  10  et  Spiritus  Sanctus.    Immensus  Pater  immensus  Filius  immensus  et  Spiritus  Sanctus.    Aeternus 

1 1  Pater  aeternus    Filius   aeternus    et    Spiritus    Sanctus,  et    tamen    non    tres    aeterni    sed    unus 

12  aeternus  :    sicut  non  tres    increati  nee  tres   immensi    sed    unus    increatus  et  unus    immensus. 
13  14  Similiter  omnipotens  Pater  omnipotens  Filius  omnipotens  et  Spiritus  Sanctus,  et  tamen  non 

tres  omnipotentes  sed  unus  omnipotens. 
15   16  Ita  Deus  Pater   Deus    Filius    Deus  et  Spiritus  Sanctus,  et  tamen  non  tres  Dii  sed  unus  est 
17  18  Deus.     Ita  Dominus  Pater  Dominus  Filius  Dominus  et  Spiritus  Sanctus,  et  tamen  non  tres 
19  Domini  sed  unus  est  Dominus.      Quia   sicut   singillatim    unamquamque    personam  et  Deum 

et  Dominum  confiteri  Christiana  veritate  compellimur  ita  tres  Deos  aut  Dominos  dicere  catholica 

religione  prohibemur. 
20  21   Pater  a  nullo  est  factus  nee  creatus  nee  genitus.     Filius  a  Patre  solo  est  non  factus  nee  creatus 

22  sed    genitus.       Spiritus    Sanctus  a  Patre   et  Filio,  non    factus    nee  creatus    nee    genitus   sed 

23  procedens.     Unus    ergo    Pater    non    tres    Patres,    unus    Filius    non    tres    Filii,    unus    Spiritus 

24  Sanctus  non  tres  Spiritus  Sancti.     Et  in  hac  Trinitate  nihil  prius  aut  posterius,  nihil    majus 

25  aut  minus,  sed  totae  tres  personae  coaeternae  sibi  sunt  et  coaequales :  ita  ut  per  omnia  sicut 
jam  supradictum  est  et  Trinitas  in  Unitate  et  Unitas  in  Trinitate  veneranda  sit. 

26  27  Qui  vult  ergo  salvus  esse  ita  de  Trinitate  sentiat,  sed  necessarium  est  ad  aeternam  salutem  ut 
incarnationem  quoque  Domini  nostri  lesu  Christi  fideliter  credat. 

28  Est  ergo  fides  recta  ut  credamus  et  confiteamur    quia    Dominus    noster    Jesus    Christus  Dei 

29  Filius  et  Deus  pariter  et  homo  est.      Deus  est  ex  substantia    Patris  ante  saecula   genitus  et 

'  Nicene  and  Apostles^  Creeds,  p.  321. 

'  Aug.  Enchiridion,  35  ;  Vincentius,  Commonitorium,  19. 


h 


24  THE   ATHANASIAN    CREED.  • 

30  homo  est  ex  substantia  matris  in  saeculo  natus.      Perfectus    Deus  perfectus  homo  ex  anima 

31  rational!  et  humana    came    subsistens.      Aequalis    Patri    secundum    divinitatem,  minor    Patri 

32  secundum  humanitatem.     Qui  licet  Deus  sit  et  homo  non  duo  tamen  sed  unus  est  Christus. 
33  34  Unus  autem  non  conversione  divinitatis  in  came  sed  adsumptione  humanitatis  in  Deo.     Unus 

35  omnino  non  confusione  substantiae  sed  unitate  personae.     Nam  sicut  anima  rationalis  et  caro 

36  unus    est    homo,  ita  Deus  et  homo    unus    est    Christus :    qui    passus    est    pro    salute    nostra, 

37  descendit  ad  inferos,  resurrexit  a  mortuis,  ascendit  ad  caelos,  sedet  ad  dexteram  Patris  :  inde 

38  venturus  iudicare  vivos  et  mortuos,  ad  cujus  adventum  omnes  homines  resurgere  habent  cum 

39  corporibus  suis  et  reddituri  sunt  de  factis    propriis    rationem.     Et  qui  bona  egerunt  ibunt  in 
vitam  aeternam,  qui  mala  in  ignem  aeternum. 

40  Haec    est    fides    catholica    quam   nisi   quisque    fideliter  firmiterque  crediderit  salvus  esse  non 
poterit. 

The  variations  are  few  in  number  and  unimportant  in  character. 

In  cl.  7  om  et  h^  corr ;  and  in  8,  9,  10,  13,  15,  17  om  et  Chi  corr.  There  can  be  little 
question  that  AM,  preserve  the  older  reading,  which  is  the  reading  of  the  earliest 
commentaries. 

In  cl.  22  ACL4M1  preserve  the  more  rhythmical  and  probably  correct  ending  genitus 
sed  proc^dens  (curszis  uelox). 

In  cl.  25  L4  has  what  is  certainly  the  later  reading  >  Unitas  in  Trinitate  et  Trinitas 
m  Unitate.  In  cl.  28  om  pariter  L4.  All  the  MSS.  taken  together  are  almost  equally 
divided,  but  in  manv  of  those  which  originally  contained  pariter  it  has  been  erased.  This 
shows  that  a  strong  feeling  existed  against  it  in  the  ninth  century.  Certainly  the  rhythm 
Ddus  et  hdmo  (cursus  planus)  is  broken  by  it,  and  this  would  be  felt  to  be  an  objection  at  the 
time  when  the  creed  was  finding  its  way  into  Psalters  as  a  canticle,  since  the  old  plain  song 
was  founded  on  the  Cursus  Leoninus.  But  in  its  earlier  use  as  an  Instruction  the  inequality 
of  the  rhythm  would  be  less  noticed,  and  the  word  was  probably  intended  to  sharpen  the 
sentence  against  some  form  of  Nestorian  error.  This  view  of  its  history  is  confirmed  by  the 
fact  that  it  is  found  in  the  Treves  fragment,  and  in  the  exposition  of  the  Fortunatus 
Commentary,  although  the  commentator  does  not  quote  it  in  his  text. 

In  cl.  33  BCMi  have  the  readings  carne  .  .  .  Deo  with  the  great  majority  of  early 
MSS.  and  the  earliest  commentaries.  L4  has  carnem  .  .  .  Deo  with  the  Golden 
Psalter  at  Vienna.  Waterland's  argument  that  accusatives  carnem  .  .  .  Deum  have 
been  changed  into  ablatives  to  confute  Eutychian  error  still  has  weight.  The  balance  of 
preference  for  this  reading  will  turn  upon  the  opinion  held  respecting  the  internal  evidence, 
whether  the  creed  is  ascribed  to  Apollinarian  or  later  times,  into  which  I  cannot  enter. 

The  cl.  36  ad  inferos  BLMj,  ad  infernus  C,  presents  a  case  in  which  the  reading  has 
probably  been  affected  by  the  current  reading  of  the  Apostles'  Creed,  which  had  inferna  in 
earlier  forms  and  inferos  in  later.  The  evidence  of  the  commentaries  confirms  the  opinion 
that  inferna  is  the  best  reading,  and  it  was  in  the  Creed  of  Caesarius  of  Aries.  We  find 
inferos  in  the  Creed  of  the  Bangor  Antiphonary  as  in  Cod.  Bernensis  N.  645,  where  it  is 
probably  due  to  Celtic  influence.  This  may  account  for  the  reading  of  B.  The  reading 
ad  inferos  does  not  seem  to  have  found  its  way  into  Gallican  Creeds  before  a.d.  600,  and 
became  common  about  a  century  later. 

The  readings  Dei  and  omnipotentis  in  verse  2)1  found  in  L4M1  are  plainly  insertions  from 
the  Apostles'  Creed  in  which  they  become  common  after  500. 


THE   ATHANASIAN    CRKED. 


25 


I  do  not  think  that  the  following  facsimiles  throw  much  fresh  light  on  the  vexed  question 
of  authorship.  Dom  Morin's  suggestion  that  Caesarius  of  Aries  is  the  most  probable  author 
finds  support  in  the  Munich  MS.,  in  which  the  creed  follows  the  prologue  written  by  Caesarius. 
It  is  now  beyond  question  that  Caesarius  knew  and  used  the  creed,  and  it  is  significant  that 
he  was  in  the  habit  of  quoting  great  names  at  the  head  of  his  treatises  as  authorities  for  his 
teaching.  This  would  account  for  the  title  Fides  s.  Athanasii,  which  does  not,  however,  occur 
in  the  Munich  MS.  For  those  who  are  still  impressed  by  Waterland's  argument  that  the 
creed  belongs  to  Apollinarian  times,  to  the  decade  420-430  which  preceded  the  condemnation 
of  Nestorian  errors,  it  is  open  to  argue  that  Caesarius  may  have  received  the  creed  from  Lerins, 
and  assimilated  it  so  thoroughly  that  its  phrases  are  woven  into  the  ordinary  texture  of  his 
thought.  The  theory  that  the  creed  was  written  by  some  earlier  writer  of  the  School  of 
Lerins,  whether  Hilary  of  Aries  or  the  first  Abbot  Honoratus,  fits  in  far  better  with  the  close 
parallels  in  the  Commonitoriuvi  of  Vincentius  and  the  probable  quotation  by  Avitus  of  Vienne, 
who  as  a  rival  of  Caesarius  was  not  likely  to  set  much  store  by  any  composition  of  his. 

The  trend  of  evidence  in  these  early  MSS.  does  confirm  another  historical  conclusion,  that 
the  early  use  of  the  creed  was  rather  as  an  instruction  on  the  faith  than  a  canticle.  Leidrat's 
inclusion  of  it  in  a  Psalter,  together  with  revived  interest  in  Church  music,  which  the  schools 
of  Charles  the  Great  began  at  that  time  to  foster,  leads  directly  to  the  use  in  the  Office  of 
Prime.     For  further  information  I  must  refer  my  readers  to  my  Introduction  to  the  Creeds} 


'  London  (Methuen),  1899. 


FACS.    CREEDS.  K 


[J 


^^.  -.     : — ^  _;"--"■ 


iff 


PALAEOGRAPHICAL     NOTES    BY    THE    LATE    DR.    LUDWIG    TRAUBE. 

[These  Notes  of  Dr.  Traube  were  found  ready  for  press  among  the  papers  which  he  left  at  his  decease, 
and  are  printed  by  the  desire  of  his  representatives. — Paul  Lehmann.] 

I.  FACSIMILES     OF     THE     APOSTLES'     CREED. 

§  I. — Introduction. 

The  palaeographical  notes  which  I  have  added  to  the  plates  here  presented  should  be 
regarded  from  the  following  standpoint.  The  material  was  collected  by  my  respected  friend, 
the  Rev.  A.  E.  Burn,  in  connection  with  his  great  and  uninterrupted  work  on  the  oldest 
Christian  symbols,  but  no  special  attention  was  given  to  palaeographical  points.  On  the 
other  hand,  it  was  my  peculiar  province  to  add  palaeographical  notes  to  the  collected  facsimiles 
without  regard  to  their  liturgical  contents,  or,  I  might  better  say,  to  add  such  notes  as  are 
connected  in  a  broad  sense  with  palaeography.  Though  I  had  some  years  ago  expressed 
myself  ready  for  this  work,  I  had  the  opportunity  of  using  only  the  Munich  and  Verona  MSS. 
as  a  means  of  testing  and  correcting  by  personal  observation  the  opinions  which  I  had  of 
necessity  based  on  photographs,  printed  descriptions,  and  lists  of  abbreviations  made  ad  hoc. 
The  other  MSS.  to  which  I  had  previously  had  access  I  studied  without  having  yet  in  view 
a  definite  palaeographical  work. 

It  need  hardly  be  said  that  I  shall  cite  liturgical  works  only  in  special  cases.  In  general 
I  presuppose  an  acquaintance  with  them. 

For  the  above-mentioned  facsimiles  and  descriptions  I  am  indebted  not  only  to 
A.  E.  Burn  but  also  to  the  following  friends  and  helpers : —  C.  U.  Clark  for  help  in 
Rome  and  Milan,  Enander  in  Paris,  P.  Gabriel  Meier  in  Einsiedeln,  W.  Riezler  for  help 
in  St.  Petersburg,  C.  H.  Turner  and  P.  August  Merk,  S.J.,  for  help  in  Cologne  and  Milan. 

§  2. — Bern,  Stadtbibliothek,  645,   Pol.  72. 

Bibliography :  On  the  contents  of  the  MS.  cf.,  in  addition  to  Hagen's  Catalogue,  Mommsen, 
Chronica  Minora,  I,  564  and  674  ;  Bratke,  Theologische  Studien  und  Kritiken,  1895, 
p.  153  sqq.  ;  and  A.  E.  Burn,  Introduction  to  the  Creeds,  London,  1899,  p.  241. 

The  script  of  the  manuscript  I  would  designate  as  an  intermediate  step  between  Gallic 
half-uncial  and  minuscule.  With  this  may  be  compared  a  number  of  French  manuscripts,  e.g., 
Cambrai  624  {Albutn  Paldographique,  pi.  13),  Paris  Nouv.  Acq.  1597  (Delisle,  Fonds  Libri, 
pi.  5,  I,  Chatelain,  Scriptura  Uncialis,  tab.  C),  Paris  Nouv.  Acq.  16 19  (Delisle,  Fonds  Libri, 
pi.  5,  2),  Karlsruhe  Aug.  CCLIII,  St.  Petersburg  F.I.  5,  F.I.  6,  O.I.  4-  All  these  manu- 
scripts originated  in  the  seventh. and  eighth  centuries.     Their  similarity,  however,  to  the 

E  2 


28  PALAEOGRAPHICAL    NOTKS    BY    THE    LATE    DR.    LUDWIG    TRAUBE. 

Bernensis  is  nowhere  striking.  The  St.  Petersburg  MSS.,  originally  from  Corbie,  and  Paris 
Nouv.  Acq.  1 619,  have  more  the  peculiar  character  of  the  half-uncial.  (The  Bernensis, 
however,  shows  on  other  pages  some  half-uncial  and  uncial  forms,  for  example,  the  g,  which 
do  not  appear  on  fol.  72.)  The  Karlsruhe  MS.,  formerly  in  Reichenau,  has  more  cursive 
elements.  The  MS.  Paris  Nouv.  Acq.  1597,  which  belonged  to  the  cloister  of  St.  Benedict 
at  Fleury,  shows  the  closest  resemblance,  but  there  are  yet  individual  differences,  for  example, 
in  the  sign  for  m  (in  the  Floriacensis  ~  and  — ,  in  the  Bernensis  only  — ),  which  are  not  to  be 
mistaken.  One  would  be  inclined  to  place  the  Bern  MS.,  if  possible,  even  before  the  eighth 
century,  or,  at  the  latest,  at  the  beginning  of  the  eighth  century.  Still,  the  system  of 
abbreviations,  incomplete  it  is  true,  but  also  in  some  respects  developed,  induces  me  to  assign 
as  late  a  date  as  the  middle  of  the  eighth  century  ;  for  example,  fol.  57"  dns  nr  ihs  xps  but  on 
the  same  page  also  dnm  nr  ihm  xpm  ;  on  fol.  53  is  again  written  correctly  di.  nri.  See  Traube, 
Perrona  Scottoruni,  Sitzungsberichte  der  bayer.  Akademie,  1900,  p.  521  [and  Nomina  Sacra, 
p.  229].  Also  on  the  page  here  presented  ?,^«ot  is  put  falsely  for  ikm  (the  writer  wished,  besides, 
to  write  originally  xpm  ihm  in  reverse  order  ;  likewise,  line  2,filium,  seems  corrected  iroxw  filiics). 
Quite  striking,  on  fol.  57",  is  prpt  for  propter,  which  might  be  explained  as  a  confusion  with 
the  legitimate  Spanish  form  pptr ;  likewise  the  following  psclis  for  paschalis  is  formed  in  the 
Spanish  manner.  Still,  in  these  places,  which  are  a  part  of  the  Cyclus  Paschalis  of  Yictorius 
Aquitanus,  the  South-French  original  is  probably  reflected.  This  may  also  be  true  of  the  few 
cases  where  u,  not  at  the  end  of  the  line,  but  within  the  line,  is  designated  by  the  cursive  v, 
written  above,  e.g.,  fol.  59  q"od  aliq'ociens.  Episcopus  {eps  etc.)  and  Israel  {isrl)  are  treated 
regularly. 

1 
§  3.   Paris  lat.   13246,   Fol.  88.     Sacramentarium  Gallicanum. 

Bibliography :  The  MS.  is  completely  described  by  Delisle,  Cabinet  des  Manuscrits  III,  224 
[and  since  Traube's  death,  by  Dom  A.  Wilmart  in  the  Dictionnaire  d" Archeologie 
Chrdtienne  et  de  Liturgie,  edited  by  Dom  F.  Cabrol,  fasc.  xv.  col.  941  sqq?^. 

Facsimiles :  L.  Delisle,  loc.  cit.,  enumerates  what  he  has  before  him  ;  the  small  engraving  which 
Mabillon  published  in  the  Musaetmt  Italicum,  and  the  later  facsimiles  of  these  few 
lines.  Delisle  himself  gives  again  some  lines  on  pi.  XV,  6  and  7,  and  pi.  XVII,  6. 
[Four  pages  are  reproduced  by  Dom  A.  Wilmart,  loc.  cit.~\ 

In  the  year  1 68 1  Mabillon  had  already  published  his  chief  work.  Not  until  1685  did  he 
undertake  the  journey  to  Italy,  which  was  far  too  late  and  far  too  short  for  real  scientific 
benefit.  On  the  way  home  he  spent  three  days  at  the  monastery  of  Bobbio,  which  had  lono- 
ceased  to  have  its  best  MSS.  Before  him  lay,  as  he  tells  later,  only  magni  nominis  umbra. 
Still  he  borrowed,  among  other  things,  and  thus  indirectly  secured  for  the  home  of  scientific 
palaeography,  codicei7t  Liturgiae  Gallicanae  opthnae  notae  litter  is  Jttaiusculis  exaratujn^ :  this 
MS.  is  now  13246  of  the  National  Library  in  Paris. 

There  is,  therefore,  no  possible  doubt  of  the  provenance  of  our  MS.  If  its  script 
corresponded  only  in  some   measure   to  the  character  of  Bobbio,  which  indeed  changes  and 

'  Musaeum  Italicum,  Paris,  1724,  T.  i,  pag.  217. 


PALAEOGRAPHICAL    NOTES    BY   THE    LATE    DR.    LUDWIG   TRAUBE.  29 

often  varies,  but  is,  on  the  whole,  well  known, — did  provenance  and  origin  thus  seem  to  coincide, 
any  further  word  would  be  superfluous.'  But  such  is  not  the  case  ;  the  MS. — not  only  the 
actual  original  (the  Sacramentarium  Gallicanum  with  the  Creed)  but  the  many  contemporaneous 
or  later  appendices  (which  Delisle  presents  exactly) — is  so  uncalligraphically  written,  and 
occupies  so  e.xceptional  a  position  that  it  demands  investigation  and  discussion. 

In  the  first  place,  since  palaeography  gives  only  negative  information  and  leads  us  away 
from  Bobbio,  we  must  observe  the  "  culture-influences  "  which  appear  in  the  MS.,  and  which 
might,  perhaps,  point  to  another  definite  centre. 

First,  there  are  without  question  strong  Spanish  symptoms.  For  example,  the  word-form 
Romensis^  cf.  Traube,  Textgeschichte  der  Regula  S.  Benedicti,  p.  129  (=  Abhandlungen  der 
Bayer.  Akademie,  XXI,  iii,  727),  which  passed  over  from  Spain  to  France,  and  is  found  also, 
e.g.,  in  Rome  Reg.  lat.  317  and  Gotha  membr.  I,  85.  A  part  of  the  appendices,  fol.  294, 
de  tempore  nativitalis  Chrisii,  appears  again  in  a  Spanish  MS.  of  saec.  viii,  now  Albi  29, 
if.  Mommsen,  Chronica  Minora,  III,  728.  The  so-called  loca  Monachortitn,  again  in  the 
appendices,  have  also  a  distant  connection  with  Spain  ;  cf.  Omont,  Bibliotheque  de  tlicole  des 
Charles,  XLIV,  58.  Nevertheless,  script  (together  with  the  abbreviations)  and  orthography 
throughout  the  MS.  are  anything  but  Spanish.  We  find  everywhere  the  type  ni  with  some 
cases  of  the  type  nri,  but  nowhere  the  Spanish  forms  of  nosier  ;  for  Israel  is  written  isrl,  not 
srl  or  one  of  the  other  Spanish  forms  ;  qnm  and  schn,  which  appear,  are  indeed  originally 
Spanish  formations,  but  soon  became  fairly  wide-spread  ;  ^  stands  in  the  actual  MS.  for  per, 
and  likewise,  here  and  there,/  ior pro  ;  only  in  the  appendices  does  p  stand  also  for  per,  but 
this  abbreviation  is  not  only  Spanish,  but  also  early  French. 

More  significant  in  our  MS.  than  the  Spanish  influences  are  the  Irish.  The  liturgists 
are  now  agreed  on  this  point.''  To  their  arguments  may  be  added  a  reference  to  the 
orthography  that  appears  occasionally  in  the  appendices :  concesione,  posedet,  preceset 
{■=  praecessii), pasionein,  7nesam  {=■  missani).  Such  forms  which,  it  is  true,  remind  us  again 
of  Spain,  we  are  accustomed  to  regard  in  general  as  Irish. 

Indications  thus  seem  to  point  back  to  Bobbio.  Correspondingly  significant  for  Italy, 
and  likewise  for  Bobbio,  is  the  mention  of  St.  Eugenia  [Eogenia  in  Mabillon,  I,  2,  pp.  281  and 
289).  Formerly,  in  the  Textgeschichte  der  Regula  S.  Benedicti  (p.  103  =  701),  I  had  declared 
that  the  matter  still  stood  as  in  the  time  of  Mabillon  :  the  cult  of  Eugenia  could  not  be  fully 
localized.  In  the  meantime,  Ebner  {Ouelien  und  Forschungen  zur  Geschichte  des  Missale 
Romamim,  Freiburg,  1896,  p.  424)  found  two  unquestionably  Italian  MSS.  with  an  invocation 
to  Eugenia  :  Rome  Sess.  CXXXVI,  saec.  xi  (from  Como),  and  Florence  Laur.  Aed.,  CXI, 
saec.  x  (from  Florence).  To  these  MSS.,  it  is  true,  is  opposed  the  Regula  Magistri  {cf 
Textgeschichte,  loc.  cit.).  Here  also  Sancta  Eugenia  appears,  though  neither  the  rule  itself 
nor  the  MSS.  of  the  rule  can  be  from  Italy.^ 

1  I  consider  Dom  Cagin's  assumption  that  the  contents  of  the  MS.  point  directly  to  Bobbio  disproved  by 
Duchesne,  Lejay  and  Morin. 

-  I  have  since  found  many  other  examples  that  prove  that  Romensis  was  the  Spanish  form  for  Romaniis,  and  that 
the  form  spread  from  Spain  into  Gaul.  Martene's  Murbach  MS.,  which  contains  the  Breviarium  ecdesiae  ordinis 
Mominsae,  I  have,  in  the  meantime,  found  in  Gotha. 

^  Cf.  Bannister,  Jburna/  0/  Theological  Studies,  V  (1903),  54. 

*  The  same  is  true  of  the  Sacramentarium  of  Gellone,  in  which  Eogeiiia  is  likewise  invoked. 


30  PALAP;OGRAPHICAL    NOTES    BY    THE    LATE    DR.    LUDWIG    TRAUBE. 

If,  however,  we  wished  to  accept  the  two  Italian  MSS.  instead  of  the  Regula  Magistri, 
the  script  is  decidedly  against  a  localization  in  Italy;  it  has  absolutely  none  of  the  Bobbio 
characteristics.  In  Bobbio,  Irish  and  Italian  culture  meet,  and  something  in  the  script  and 
the  abbreviations  of  the  Codices  Bobienses  indicates  the  product  of  this  double  stream.  We 
see  either  Italian  script  with  insular  abbreviations,  or  insular  script  with  Italian  abbreviations, 
often  both  together  in  the  same  MS.  But  where  such  crossing  has  not  taken  place,  one  of 
the  two  elements,  the  insular  or  the  Italian,  is  wont  to  be  so  strongly  and  clearly  developed 
that  there  can  be  no  doubt  of  the  origin  of  the  MS.  In  regard  to  Parisinus  13246,  however, 
the  script  of  the  MS.  itself  is  uncial  without  Irish  influence,  in  the  appendices  uncial  mixed 
with  minuscule,  likewise  without  any  insular  note.     There  are  no  insular  abbreviations. 

If  we  seek,  however,  another  centre  besides  Bobbio,  where  Irish  influence  could  affect 
the  writer,  and  where  the  script  of  the  codex  would  be  more  appropriate,  our  thoughts  turn 
from  Italy  to  Gaul,  from  Bobbio  to  Luxeuil.  Mabillon  had  long  before  thought  of  Luxeuil, 
but  not  exactly  from  palaeographical  reasons.  We  also  will  speak  guardedly.  Columban's 
monastery  in  France  is  distinguished  from  his  Italian  in  that  the  Irish  element  has  had  no 
effect  whatever  on  the  character  of  the  script,  which  remains  Gallic.  Script  and  abbreviations 
in  Paris  13246  are  just  as  possible  for  Luxeuil  as  they  are  impossible  for  Bobbio.  To  be  sure 
I  could  not  argue  in  defence  of  a  particular  similarity.  But  the  MS.  is  older  than  the  other 
known  examples  from  Luxeuil.  In  the  language  the  above-mentioned  Irish  peculiarity  of 
the  appendices  might  well  be  significant  of  Luxeuil.  Other  methods  of  spelling,  e.g.,  the 
above-mentioned  Eogenia,  and  seo,  find  corresponding  types  in  the  tradition  of  many  Gallic 
MSS.  {cf.  Schuchardt,  Vokalismus,  II,  163  ;  Eranos  Vindobonensis,  p.  114,  adn.  3).  The  often 
very  vulgar  language  of  the  appendices  seemed  to  the  linguists  to  point  at  least  more  to 
France  than  to  Italy  ;  cf.  P.  Meyer,  Romania,  I  (1872),  489,  Boucherie,  Revue  des  Langues 
Romanes,  V  (1874),  103,  and  the  latter  in  Mdlanges  Latins  et  Bas-Latins,  Montpellier,  1875. 
Still,  these  are  general  remarks  that  speak  only  partly  for  France  as  opposed  to  Italy.  Of 
special  arguments  that  might  be  adduced  in  favour  of  Luxeuil,  with  the  exception  of  the  Irish 
peculiarities  and  the  close  relations  between  Bobbio  and  Luxeuil,  only  the  following  is  of  value. 
The  name  Berhilfus,  which  appears,  fol.  197'',  on  the  margin  of  Parisinus  (just  as  in  other 
places  :  Elderatus,  Manubertus,  Dacolena^  and  Bonolo)  was  referred  by  Mabillon  to  the  Abbot 
of  Bobbio  (+  639).  But  Bertulfus  came  to  Bobbio  in  the  year  626  from  Luxeuil.  Accord- 
ingly, we  might  rather  assume,  if  a  connection  exists,  that  Bertulfus  brought  the  book  with 
him  to  Bobbio.  Still,  this  is  a  mere  possibility.  If  we  wish  to  restrict  ourselves  to  the  limits 
of  probability  we  may  say  :  the  Parisinus  is  a  work  scarcely  calligraphic,  and  difficult  to 
localize  and  date  ;  probably  the  MS.  belongs  to  France  as  an  example  of  the  barbarous 
seventh  century.  Irish  influences,  reflected  in  the  contents  and  the  orthography,  might  point 
to  Luxeuil  or  to  a  centre  which  enjoyed  conditions  similar  to  those  of  this  Irish  monastery  in 
France.  If  it  be  said  with  still  greater  caution  :  the  MS.  belonged  to  Bobbio,  but  was  written 
by  a  scribe  accustomed,  not  to  the  script  of  Bobbio,  but  to  the  French,  the  appendices  could 
rightly  be  cited  against  the  argument,  since  they  also  do  not  use  the  script  of  Bobbio. 


'  Forstemann  mentions  a  Dacolenus  from  a  document  of  Moissac,  a.  680  (Pardessus,  Diplot/iata,  II,  185). 


palaeographical  notes  by  the  late  dr.  ludwig  traube.  3 1 

§  4. — Rome  Pal.  lat.  493,  fol.  16,   16",   17.     So-called  Missale  Gallicanum  Vetus. 

Bibliography :  On  this  MS.,  cf.  Adalbert  Ebner,  Quellen  unci  Forschungen  zur  Geschichte  tmd 
Ktinstgeschichte  des  Missale  Romanum,  Freiburg  i.B.,  1896,  p.  246  (which  includes 
previous  literature  on  the  subject).  To  this  may  be  added  the  new  edition  of 
Duchesne,  Origines  du  Ctclle  Chretien,  Paris,  1898,  p.  144,  and  the  second  volume 
of  F.  Kattenbusch,  Das  Apostolische  Sytnbol,  Leipzig,  i()oo, passitn. 

Facsimiles:  I  know  only  the  engraving  in  Muratori,  Liturgia  Romana  P^elus,  Venice,  1748, 
Vol.  II,  opposite  p.  391.  Ebner  designates  a  facsimile  on  p.  430  as  "the  title  page 
from  Cod.  Palat.  493,"  but  this  is  incorrect.  The  facsimile  corresponds  rather  to 
Rome  Reg.  317,  fol.  169". 

Delisle  {Mimoires  de  rinstitut,  Ac.  des  Inscriptions,  Vol.  XXXII,  p.  ']'}^  rightly  says  : 
""  Ces  cent  six  feuillets  forment  treize  cahiers,  dont  les  douze  premiers  sont  les  debris  d'un  ou 
de  deux  sacramentaires."  In  fact,  apart  from  the  appendix  (fol.  100  sqq^,  which  does  not 
belong  to  the  original  MS.,  three  hands  are  to  be  distinguished.  Of  these,  one  is 
again  so  unlike  the  others,  and  the  arrangement  of  this  part  of  the  MS.  is  so  different 
that  one  is  inclined  to  presuppose  not  only  another  hand  but  even  another  MS.  To  this 
belong  the  third  quire  (fol.  34-43),  the  fourth  and  fifth  (fol.  19-33),  ^he  sixth  to  the  twelfth 
(fol.  44-99);  on  all  these  pages  the  MS.  has  twenty  lines.  On  the  other  hand,  the  first  quire 
with  sixteen  lines  (fol.  i-(o)  and  the  second  with  fourteen  lines  (fol.  11-18)  resemble  each 
other  closely  in  script  and  initial  ornamentation.  The  same  variation  in  the  number  of  lines 
occurs,  moreover,  in  the  closely  related  Rome  Reg.  lat.  317,  where  the  first  part  has  fourteen, 
the  second  part  twenty  lines,  so  that  a  conclusion  based  on  such  differences  is  far  from  certain. 

Strictly  within  the  limits  of  palaeography  the  elements  for  the  criticism  of  the  MS.  are 
the  following.  The  uncial,  the  occasional  minuscule  (fol.  10",  line  3  horn  the  end,  per  dnm  : 
fol.  17  twice  cre<^do'>  by  another  hand),  and  the  ornamentation  are  peculiar,  and  clearly  hark 
back  to  what  I  have  called  the  "  School  of  Luxeuil."  The  appendix  was  written  in  a  German 
centre,  perhaps  Murbach,  in  the  ninth  century.  The  entire  MS.  belonged  later  to  the  cloister 
of  St.  Nazarius  in  Lorsch. 

There  remains  to  be  discussed  the  close  relationship  between  Palat.  lat.  493  and  Reg. 
lat.  317.  Both  MSS.  have  often  been  compared  palaeographically  and  in  respect  to  contents. 
The  connection  is  evidently  close.  To  me  Palatinus  seems  somewhat  younger  than 
Reginensis  ;  it  stands  to  Reginensis  perhaps  in  the  relation  of  a  nephew.  Further,  Reginensis 
•can  be  more  exactly  placed  than  Palatinus.  It  was  written  after  680  for  the  diocese  of  Autun. 
We  may  therefore,  perhaps,  say  of  Palatinus  :  it  belongs  to  the  School  of  Luxeuil,  was  written 
at  the  beginning  of  the  eighth  century,  and  came  from  Burgundy  to  Lorsch  in  the  ninth 
century  by  way  of  one  of  the  cloisters  that  had  relations  with  Germany. 

§  5. — Paris  lat.   12048,  fol.   181  and  191".     Sacramentarium  and 
Martyrologium  of  Gellone. 

Bibliography :  Description  in  Delisle,  Le  Cabinet  des  Manuscrits,  III,  221  ff.  ;  Delisle, 
Mdmoires  de  rinstitut,  Academie  des  Inscriptions,  XXXII,  80.  Further,  on  the 
origin,    cf.    Traube,    Textgeschichte   der    Regula    S.  Benedicti    123    (=721);    Dom 


32  PALAEOGRAPHICAL    NOTES    BY    THE    LATE    DR.    LUDWIG    TRAUBE. 

Cagin  in  Melanges  Cabrieres,  Paris,  1899,  I,  231  ff.  ;  Dom  Quentin,  Revue 
Bdnddictitie,  XX  (1903),  370  f. 
Facsimiles:  Delisle,  Le  Cabinet  des  Manuscrits,  pi.  XIV,  8.  He  adds  also,  loc.  cit^.,  the 
older  copies  in  the  Nouveau  Traits  de  Diplomatique,  in  Bastard  (according  to 
Delisle's  numbering,  pi.  49-61),  in  Le  Moyen  Age  et  la  Renaissance,  and  in  the 
PaUographie  Universelle,  cf.  also  Michel,  Histoire  de  I'Art,  I  (Paris,  1905),  313  sq. 

It  is  the  custom  to  designate  the  script  of  this  beautiful  codex  as  Spanish  {icriture 
visi-gothique).  The  authors  of  the  Nouveau  Traits  were  the  first  to  do  so  ;  Silvestre,  Delisle, 
Molinier  [Les  Alanuscrits  et  les  Miniatures,  Paris,  1892,  p.  99),  Chatelain  [Introduction  a  la 
Lecture  des  Notes  Tironiennes,  Paris,  1900,  p.  120),  Leprieur  (in  Michel's  Histoire  de  I  Art, 
loc.  cit.)  and  others  have  accepted  the  designation,  but  Delisle  expresses  himself  in  one  place 
much  more  cautiously,  and  speaks  of  "  Ecriture  demi-onciale  qui  se  rattache  a  I'ecole  visi- 
gothique  "  {M^moires,  loc.  cit.,  p.  81). 

Further,  there  are  peculiarities  in  the  orthography  which  might  be  significant  of  Spain  : 
e.g.,  h^radicare,  tumum,  dihutius,  habysi  (=  abyssi),  but  we  meet  such  also  in  France. 

The  abbreviations  remind  us  here  and  there  of  the  Spanish.  Thus  tcsrm  (=:  uestrum), 
ms  (=  meus),  and  mo  (=  meo).  The  letters  also  are  coloured  partly  in  Spanish  fashion, 
especially  the  g.  In  general,  however,  many  palaeographical  considerations  oppose  the 
assumption  of  Spanish  origin.  The  words  noster  and  uester  (with  the  exception  of  the  above- 
mentioned  form),  Israel,  nomen,  auteni,  per,  and  pro,  in  the  abbreviated  forms  used  in  our 
MS.,  have  not  Spanish,  but  French  style.  The  whole  MS.,  to  judge  from  the  script,  belongs 
to  the  category  of  French  MSS.  of  the  transition  period,  cited  above  in  explanation  of  the 
Bernensis. 

The  miniatures  and  ornaments  (the  "  Buchschmuck,"  as  we  say)  are  very  peculiar  and 
have  no  exact  parallels  among  pre-Carlovingian  and  Carlovingian  MSS.  Janitschek  {Die 
Trierer  Ada-Handscltrift,  Leipzig,  1889,  p.  69)  assumes  Syrian  influences.  That  the  Orient 
has  had  some  effect  on  this  kind  of  book-painting  may  certainly  be  asserted  even  by  those 
who  do  not  accept  all,Strzygowski's  brilliant  hypotheses.  On  the  other  hand,  it  is  remarkable 
that  the  examples  that  may  be  adduced  from  extant  Latin  MSS.  for  comparison  with  the  MS. 
of  Gellone  originated  in  Spanish  territory.  Is  the  MS.  then  perhaps  more  closely  connected 
with  Spain  than  we  would  believe  ?  As  early  as  the  ninth  century,  as  the  later  insertions 
show — Delisle  enumerates  them,  p.  222 — the  MS.  was  in  Gellone  in  the  South-French  diocese 
of  Lodeve,  i.e.,  within  the  sphere  of  Spanish  influence.  But  just  these  additions  and 
marginal  notes,  which  are  clearly  distinguished  from  the  script  of  the  Sacramentarium  and 
Martyrologium,  and  are  plainly  Carlovingian  in  character,  prove  that  the  connection  of  the 
MS.  with  Gellone  was  not  established  until  the  ninth  century. 

Fortunately,  it  is  not  necessary  to  stop  at  this  rather  negative  information.  In  fact, 
Sollier  has  already  noticed^  that  definite  original  notes  in  the  text  of  the  Martyrologium  have 
special  reference  to  the  cloister  Rebais  in  the  diocese  of  Meaux.  To  these  cases  Dom  Quentin 
has  added  still  another,  which  proves  that  the  MS.  was  written  while  Romanus  was  Bishop  of 
Meaux.     This  settles  the  date,  with  considerable  certainty,  about  the  year  750. 

'  \i.e.,  in  the  Mem.  de  rinstitut,  xxxii,  80.] 
'  Cf.  Traube,  loc.  cit,  p.  124. 


PALAEOGRAPHICAL    NOTES    BY    THE    LATE    DR.    LUDWIG    TRAUBE.  33 

To  this  period  and  this  region  correspond  perfectly  the  stage  of  development  of  the 
abbreviations  in  the  MS.  We  recognize  this  especially  in  noster  and  uesier.  The 
nominative  «/",  the  declension  follows  the  type  ni,  forms  of  the  type  nri  are  rare. 

To  sum  up,  I  would  say  :  the  MS.  was  written  ca.  a.  j^o  for  'a.n6.  probably  in  the  diocese 
of  Meaux  ;  the  calligrapher  or  calligraphers  who  worked  at  it  were  perhaps  influenced 
somewhat  by  Spanish  teaching. 


§  6. — Cod.   Einsiulensis   199,  it.  473  and  474.     From  the  Dicta  Abbatis  Priminh. 

Bibliography :  For  an  exact  description  of  the  MSS.  Einsiedeln  199  and  Einsiedeln  281  cf. 
P.  Gabriel  Meier,  in  the  Catalogus  Codicum  qui  in  Bibliotheca  Monasterii 
Einsidlensis  servantur,  Einsidlae,  1899,  p.  155  sqq.  and  257  sqq.  [also  L.  Traube, 
Sitzungsberichte  der  bayer.  Akademie,  1907,  p.  71  sqq\ 

Facsimiles:  None  yet  published.     [L.  Traube, /.c.  tab.  I.] 

Through  familiarity  with  the  treasures  of  his  own  home,  and  love  for  them,  P.  Gabriel 
Meier,  Librarian  of  Einsiedeln,  brought  his  investigations  to  so  successful  a  conclusion  that 
from  the  two  Einsiedeln  MSS.  199  and  281  the  following  old  homiliary  can  be  reconstructed  : — 

Quires  I-X  =  281,  pp.  1-148. 
,,     X-XV  =  199,  pp.  431-526. 
„      XVI  (- XVII?)  =  281,  pp.  149-178. 

Still,  it  remains  an  open  question  whether  these  16  or  17  quires,  which  are  now  separate 
but  were  probably  connected  in  the  ninth  century,  were  from  the  first  beginning  intended  for 
the  same  book.  It  is  possible,  though  the  hands  change  and  one  scribe  seems  later  than  the 
other  or  the  others.  Our  selection  belongs  to  the  part  that  gives  the  impression  of  greatest 
age. 

We  see  before  us  a  script  that  was  at  home  in  a  large  district :  in  Chur,  St.  Gallen, 
Reichenau,  in  Murbach,  in  various  Bavarian  monasteries,  from  the  closing  years  of  the  eighth 
century  down  to  the  first  decades  of  the  ninth.^  Thus,  appropriately,  the  MS.  contains 
the  Dicta  Priminii,  of  which  our  own  plate  gives  an  example.  It  is  easy  to  imagine  that  the 
script  of  the  founder  of  monastic  life  in  Reichenau  and  in  Murbach  was  propagated  in  the 
type  general  in  Alamannic  land. 

This  is  not  the  place  to  discuss  in  detail  the  peculiar  type  of  this  script  and  its  origin. 
I  may  only  briefly  mention,  what  strikes  the  eye  of  every  palaeographer,  that  it  is  the  result 
of  a  many-sided  movement ;  the  minuscule  developing  in  France,  as  it  came  under  the 
influence  of  the  School  of  Monte  Cassino,  which  was  likewise  in  a  state  of  development,  was 
forced  in  a  peculiar  calligraphic  direction. 

The  homiliary  reconstructed  by  P.  Meier  is  older  than  the  founding  of  the  monastery 
at  Einsiedeln,  by  which  it  has  been  preserved.  Still,  there  are  other  MSS.  in  Einsiedeln 
that  show  the  same  type,  e.g.,     157   Gregorius  in  Ezeckielem,  s.  viii/ix  ;    199  pp.   257-430, 

'  The  nominative  forms  nst  and  ust  have  also  been  given  me  {cf.  Ferrona  Scottorum,  p.  516).  Since  they  do  not 
appear  in  the  copies  and  photographs  to  which  I  have  access,  I  prefer  to  omit  them  for  the  present  as  uncertain.  [C/I 
Nomina  Sacra,  p.  224,] 

'  Cf.  Traube,  Textgeschichte  der  Regula  S.  Betiedicti,  p.  54  (=  652)  and  66  (=  664). 

FACS.    creeds.  .     F 


34  PALAEOGRAPHICAL    NOTES    BY    THE    LATE    DR.    LUDWIG    TRAUBE. 

Canones,  s.  ix  ;  357  Rufinus  Historia  ecclesiastica,  s.  viii/ix.  It  might  be  thought  that  these 
MSS.  came  directly,  perhaps  from  Reichenau,  to  Einsiedeln,  but  an  interpolation  on  p.  452 
of  Codex  199  indicates  a  different  course. 

On  this  page,  between  14  lines  of  the  text,  which  contains  a  pseudo-Augustinian  sermon, 
is  written,  in  early  twelfth-century  letters,  an  extremely  valuable  interlinear  version  of  an 
evident  Romance  dialect.  P.  Meier  considers  it  related  to  the  Spanish.  I,  however,  am 
convinced  that  we  have  here  the  oldest  example  of  a  Rhaeto-Romanic  branch,  and 
Gustav  Grober  informs  me,  that  the  Romanic  has  the  colour  of  the  Romontsch  dialect  of 
the  Upper  Rhine  Valley.  I,  therefore,  believe — and  have  already  so  indicated  in  Perrona 
Scottorum  {Sitznngsberichte  der  buyer.  Akademie,  1900,  p.  514) — that  the  MS.  came  to 
Einsiedeln  from  Rhaetian  territory.      It  may  also  have  been  written  there. 

With  this  Rhaetian  origin  I  have,  loc.  cit.,  also  connected  a  peculiarity  in  the 
abbreviations  of  the  homiliary.  Through  Pater  Meier's  friendly  help  I  can  now  give  further 
information  on  the  subject.  The  parts  of  MSS.  199  and  281  combined  by  him  show  almost 
everywhere  the  type  ni,  etc. ,  for  nostri,  etc.  To  this  belongs  the  nominative  nr  {=■  nosier). 
Of  forms  of  the  type  nri  there  appears  only  once  iirm.  It  is  strange  that  on  pp.  432,  445,  473, 
474  {cf.  our  plate)  and  481  of  Codex  199,  and  on  p.  13  of  Codex  281,  the  pure  Spanish  form 
nsm,  instead  of  nm  or  nrm,  appears  twice.  Formerly  I  attributed  these  traces  of  Spanish 
formation  to  the  school  in  which  the  homiliary  was  written.  Now,  however,  on  account  of  the 
rarity  of  the  Spanish  forms,  which  at  that  time  I  had  not  fully  studied,  it  seems  more  probable 
to  assume  that  they  came  over  from  the  original.  They  are  lacking  in  the  other  homilies 
contained  in  Cod.  199  and  281  ;  they  are  found  only  in  the  Dicta  Priminii.  Nothing  is 
known  of  the  origin  of  Priminius  except  that  he  came  to  Alamannia  as  Peregrinus.  This  is 
often  interpreted  that  he  came  from  Ireland  or  England.  May  I  express  the  supposition 
that  Priminius  was  perhaps  a  Spaniard,  that  the  strange  name  is  a  transformation  of  Pinienius 
(=  not/AcVios)  through  the  influence  oi  Primus  and  Primigenius  ? 

The  orthography  of  the  MS.,  the  language  in  general  of  the  individual  parts,  are  very 
unequal  ;  cf.  Caspari,  Kirchenhistorische  Anecdota,  I.  {Christiania,  1883),  p.  VIII  sqq., 
p.  151  sqq.,  p.  215  sqq.;  the  same,  Eine  Augustin  fdlschiick  beigelegte  Homilia  de  Sacrilegiis 
(Christiania,  1886),  p.  52  sqq.  One  meets  for  the  most  part  Gallic  or  general  Romance 
peculiarities.  With  regard  to  exclusively  Spanish  origin  I  can  prove  nothing  with  certainty  ; 
ressurgere  and  ressurrectio,  as  always  in  the  Dicta  Priminii,  can  be  Spanish  as  well  as  Irish. 


II.  FACSIMILES     OF     THE     NICENE     CREED. 
§  I. — Rome  Vatic.  Lat.   1322,  Canones. 

Bibliography:  Bethmann,  Archiv  d.  Gesellschaft f.  dltere  deutsche  Geschichtskimde,  xii,  224; 

Maassen,     Gesckiclite    d.    Quellen     .     .     .     des   canonischen    Rechts,    I,    'Ji'],    745  , 

Spicilegium  Casinense  (ed.  Amelli),  tom.  I  (a.  1888),  p.  xxx. 
Facsimiles:    Leonis   Magni  opera  ed.   Cacciari  II   (a.    1755)  p.  Ixv  ;    Spicilegium  Casinense, 

tab.  III. 


PALAEOGRAPHICAL    NOTES    BY   THE    LATE    DR.    LUDWIG    TRAUBE.  35 

The  MS.  consists  of  two  parts:  fol.  1-24,  saec.  ix ;  fol.  25-285,  .?«tr.  vi/vii.  It  comes 
from  Verona.  This  is  proved  not  only  by  the  entry  in  a  fifteenth-century  hand  on  fol.  25 
de  Verona,  and  the  Veronese  official  documents  which  are  appended  to  it,  to  which  must  be 
added  the  connection  with  the  collection  of  the  MS.  of  Novara,  which  at  least  is  in  favour  of 
tracing  it  to  a  home  in  North  Italy,  but  also  by  the  handwriting.  The  first  part  is  a  minuscule 
of  a  type  that  is  known  to  us  in  many  MSS.  in  Verona,  and  may,  perhaps,  be  brought  into 
connection  with  the  Veronese  Archdeacon  Pacificus  (-j-844).  As  Pacificus  was  in  touch  with 
West  Prankish  scholars  {e.g.,  Hildemarus  of  Corbie)  so  this  handwriting,  which  has  deviated 
from  the  old  Italian  character,  may  well  have  been  derived  from  France. 

But  the  handwriting  of  the  second  part,  which  lies  before  us,  may  also  belong  to  Verona. 
It  is  half  uncial,  but  no  longer  the  pure  hand  of  the  fifth  and  sixth  centuries,  rather  of  the 
second  Italian  stage.  An  eye  accustomed  to  the  older  half  uncial  recognizes  the  difference  at 
once,  and  does  not  need  that  attention  should  be  drawn  to  the  separate  faults  in  style  {e.g., 
the  uncial  3  instead  of  the  half  uncial  d).'  The  abbreviations  tell  their  tale  most  plainly 
here — peccatory,  mortuor>,  uery,  itefy  (where  r  struck  through  by  a  slanting  stroke  means 
rum).  These  abbreviations  as  they  appear  here  (and  on  fol.  153"  and  154)  are  not  known  in 
the  older  half  uncial.  But  quite  similar  handwriting  with  such  abbreviations  is  to  be  found 
in  the  half  uncial  writing  of  Verona  liii  (51),  Facundus  de  tribus  capitulis  and  contra 
Mucianum,  and  lix  (57),  Canones. 

Verona  liii  (51),  Verona  lix  (57),  Vatic,  lat.  1322,  judging  by  their  contents,  cannot  have 
been  written  before  the  end  of  the  sixth  century.  The  composition  of  the  treatise  of  Facundus 
against  Mucianus  is  ascribed  to  about  a.d.  571.  Here  we  must  leave  out  of  the  question  the 
fact  that  in  Verona  liii  (51)  fol.  288,  scae  mm  stands  by  the  name  of  the  author  which 
Reifferscheid  {Bibliotheca  pairum  latt.  Italica,  I,  55)  certainly  rightly  interprets  as  sanctae 
memoriae,  because  a  similar  addition  is  occasionally  found  relating  to  living  authors.  Still 
Verona  liii  (51)  is  of  course  not  the  original. 

The  Canons  in  Verona  lix  (57)  include,  as  Maassen  {loc.  cit.  pag.  763)  points  out,  as  the 
latest  portion  of  their  contents  the  Acts  of  the  Council  of  Chalcedon  in  the  edition  of  Rusticus. 
The  MS.  must  therefore  have  come  into  existence  after  a.d.  550.  The  same  remark  holds 
o-ood  of  Vatic,  lat.  1322  since  the  MS.  in  its  half  uncial  portion  also  contained  the  Canons 
of  the  Council  of  Chalcedon  in  the  edition  of  Rusticus. 

Verona  lix  (57)  and  Vatic,  lat.  1322  are  probably  the  oldest  MSS.  of  the  work  of 
Rusticus,  but  most  certainly  neither  the  one  nor  the  other  is  the  ancestor  of  our  tradition,  they 
are  rather  both  of  them  off-shoots,  since  they  leave  out  the  observations  of  Rusticus,  which 
would  otherwise  have  been  inserted. 

The  palaeographer  is  strangely  affected  by  the  occurrence  of  capitals  among  the  half- 
uncial  in  Vatic,  lat.  1322,  the  more  so  as  these  capitals  are  of  a  very  bad  style  and  suggest 
a  later  date.  The  copyist  uses  them  not  only  in  titles  but  also  for  beginnings  and  to  give 
emphasis.  Apart  from  fol.  153"  and  154,  e.g.,  on  fol.  34,  which  page  begins  thus  :  temptant 
adsurgere  quae  supra  ho/minem  sunt  cogitamus  (the  rest  of  the  line  free,  up  to  this  point 
in  half  uncials)/  confitemur  etenim  dnm  nm  ihm  xpm  filium  di  unigenitum  •  dm  perfectum/ 
et  hominem  perfectum  (etc.,  again  in  half  uncials). 

'  On  the  other  hand  the  uncial  q  instead  of  the  half  uncial  3,  which  is  next  noticed,  is  found  also  in  older  half 

uncial  MSS. 

F    2 


36  PALAEOGRArHICAL    NOTES    BY    THE    LATE    DR.    LUDWIG    TRAUBE. 

§  2. — Toulouse  364  (I  63),  fol.  4,  4'',   104,    104". 

Bibliography :  cf.  Catalogue  Gdndral  des  Manuscrils  des  Bibliotheques  Publiques  des 
Ddpartements  (old  series),  VII,  203,  sqq.  ;  Maassen,  Geschichte  der  Quellen  des 
canonischen  Rechts,  I,  592  (on  the  Albi  MS.)  ;  and  especially  C.  H.  Turner,  Journal 
of  Theological  Studies,  II  (1901).  266-273. 

Facsimile  ;  An  unsatisfactory  facsimile  is  found  in  F.  Schulte,  Iter  Gallicum,  Sitzungsberichte 
der  Wiener  A kademie,  Phil. -hist.  Classe,  LIX  (1868),  422,  Facsimile  V. 

That  we  do  not,  in  the  case  of  this  MS.,  have  to  satisfy  ourselves  with  the  general 
statement:  "Uncials  of  the  period  of  decline,"  is  due  only  to  a  brilliant  discovery  of 
C.  H.  Turner. 

Turner  recognized  that  Toulouse  364  (=  T)  and  Paris  lat.  8901  (=  P)  are  original  parts 
of  one  and  the  same  great  MS.  of  canons.  But  he  recognized  further  that,  in  a  much  later 
MS.,  Albi  2  (:=  A),  we  possess  a  copy  of  the  original  MS.,  which  was  made  when  the  latter 
had  not  yet  been  divided.  From  A  we  see  also  what  parts  of  the  original  MS.  no  longer 
exist  in  the  original ;  for  A  =  T  +  P  +  X.  This  X,  which  exists  in  A,  even  though  only  in 
a  ninth  century  copy,  helps  us,  among  other  things,  to  so  exact  a  dating  and  localization  of  T 
and  P,  that  we  are  scarcely  more  fortunate  in  any  other  MS.  of  the  same  epoch. 

On  fol.  177"  of  Albi  2  we  have  :  Ego  Perpetuus  quamuis  indignus  presbyter/iussus  a 
domino  meo  Didone  urbis  Albi/gensium  episcopum  (epm.  cod.)  hunc  librum  canonum/scripsi. 
Post  incendium  civitatis  ip/sius  hie  liber  recuperatus  (re  in  loco  raso,  peratus  superscr.  cod.)  fuit 
deo  auxiliante  (auxiliant  fOfl^.)/ sub  die  VIII  (VIII  superscr.  cod.)  Kl.  Ag.  ann.  iiii  regnante 
(regnant  cod?)  domini  nostri  Childerici  reg. 

This  subscription,  as  had  already  been  seen,  cannot  refer  to  the  later  MS.  A  ;  it  must 
refer,  as  Turner  was  the  first  to  establish,  to  the  original  of  A,  therefore  to  T  and  P.  The 
Toulouse  MS.  was  accordingly  written  by  a  presbyter  Perpetuus  at  the  command  of  Bishop 
Dido  of  Albi,  of  whom  we  unfortunately  know  nothing  further.  As  far  as  scripsi.  Perpetuus 
himself  is  the  author  of  the  statement.  The  words  that  follow  were  added  in  the  original  of 
A  by  a  later  hand,  probably  in  cursive  writing.  They  state  that  the  MS.  (the  Liber  Canonum, 
as  Perpetuus  had  said),  after  the  burning  of  the  town  Albi,  of  which  event  we  hear  only  in 
this  subscriptio,  was  recovered  July  25,  666  or  667.' 

Further,  we  have  also  a  limit  on  the  other  side.  A  contains  a  list  of  popes,^  which  is 
lacking  in  T  and  P.  This  also  must  have  been  in  the  original  of  the  Liber  Canonum.  While, 
in  the  case  of  the  other  popes,  the  years,  months  and  days  of  each  rule  are  given  in 
the  list,  Gregorius  (the  Great)  with  whom  the  list  ends,  has,  instead  of  the  correct  statement : 

Gregorius  sed.  an.  XIII  mens.  II  d.  X 


"A' 


the  false  and  incomplete  : 

Gregorius  sed.  an.  LX  V. 

'  On  these  figures,  supported  by  the  dating  of  Krusch  and  Havet,  cf.  Duchesne,  Fastes  Episcopaux,  II,  43,  and 
Turner,  loc.  at,  p.  272.  To  me  it  seems  probable  that  the  exact  date  indicates  both  the  day  of  the  fire  and  the  day  of 
the  recovery  of  the  library. 

■■*  Cf.  Duchesne,  Liber  Pontificalis,  I,  27  ;  Mommsen,  Liber  Pontificalis,  I,  xxxix. 


PALAEOGRAPHICAL    NOTES    BY    THK    LATE    DR.    LUDWIG    TRAUBE. 


n 


From  this  one  may  conclude — and  Duchesne  and  Turner  have  correctly  concluded — that 
the  Liber  Canonum  was  written  after  Pope  Gregory  had  come  into  power.  With  Turner  we 
can  now  say  :  the  MS.  Toulouse  364  was  written  at  Albi,  near  Toulouse,  between  the  years 
ca.  600  and  666. 

This  placing  agrees  well  with  the  style  of  the  uncial  and  some  words  in  cursive  writing 
(P  fol.  28  and  35)  and  with  the  method  of  abbreviation,  Turner  has  already  pointed  out  that 
the  use  of  the  compendium  for  per,  in  a  form  that  is  otherwise  employed  for  pro,  betrays  the 
neighbourhood  of  Spain.  Forms  of  the  genitive  plural,  such  as  eporm,  diacorm,  prbirorm, 
scrm  can  be  similarly  explained. 

If  on  fol.  104  OMOYSiON  is  marked  by  a  stroke,  we  must  remember  that  it  was  a  general 
rule  thus  to  distinguish  Greek,  and  foreign  words  in  general  {e.g.,  also  Hebrew),  from  their 
Latin  context. 


itt.- 


SUPPLEMENTARY  NOTE  ON  COD.  COLON.  212. 
By  C.  H.  turner,  M.A., 

Fellmv  of  Magdalen  College,    Oxford. 

Bibliography :  Fr.  Maassen,  Geschichte  der  Qtiellen  7ind  der  Literatur  des  canonischen 
Rechts  im  Abendlande,  pp.  574-585  ;  Wattenbach  in  Jaffe  and  Wattenbach, 
Ecclestae  Metropolitanae  Coloniensis  codices  manuscripti,  pp.  93-95  ;  Duchesne, 
Le  Liber  Poiitificalis,  p.  xv. 

Facsimiles:  Zangemeister  and  Wattenbach,  Exempla  codictmi  laiinorum  litteris  maiusculis 
scriptoruni  (Heidelberg,  1876),  give  three  pages  of  this  MS.,  plates  ^-j  and  38 
reproducing  the  whole  papal  catalogue — on  which  see  below — and  plate  44  part 
of  the  letter  of  pope  John  II  to  Caesarius  of  Aries  and  of  the  acts  of  the  Council  of 
Valence. 

This  MS.  consists— apart  from  two  guard-leaves  (unpaged)  at  the  beginning,  and  three  at 
the  end,  of  the  MS. — of  twenty-two  gatherings  or  167  leaves,  and  contains  sixty-four 
documents.  New  commencements  are  made  with  the  twelfth  gathering  (fol.  86«),  with  the 
fifteenth  (fol.  108a),  and  with  the  nineteenth  (fol.  136a)  ;  but  the  division  of  the  contents  does 
not  suggest  that  these  four  parts  were  drawn  from  four  different  exemplars,  and  it  is  more 
likely  that,  as  the  work  of  copying  progressed,  it  was  shared  between  different  scribes.  The 
handwriting  is  semi-uncial  throughout,  and  is  attributed  by  Wattenbach  and  Maassen  to  the 
seventh  century  :  in  the  list  prefixed  to  Ecclesiae  Occidentalis  Man.  fur.  Ant.,  I,  p.  xi,  I 
followed  their  authority,  but  subsequent  re-investigation  of  the  palaeography  of  the  MS. 
convinced  me  that  its  date  could  be  fixed  as  not  much  later  than  the  year  600  {ib.  II,  p.  34). 
Abbreviations  by  suspension  are  still  common  :  n  =  noster,  I  have  noticed  once  (at  the  end 
of  a  line,  and  therefore  possibly  to  save  space),  and  epi(scopus)  pre{s)bi(ter)  for  the  nominative 
singular  occur  occasionally,  ep[i)s(copus)  and  epis{copiis)  for  any  case  quite  regularly.  Final  m 
is  still,  save  at  the  end  of  the  line,  written  in  full.  Ligatures  are  still  frequent  {-on,  -ons,  as 
well  as  -us,  -unt,  -nt),  the  more  so  that  they  are  no  longer  confined,  as  in  the  earliest  MSS.,  to 
the  end  of  a  line.  That  the  MS.  was  copied  from  an  exemplar  written  in  the  same  semi- 
uncial  style  is  perhaps  suggested  by  the  misreadings  urbicim  for  urbium  (fol.  86(5)  and  sperti 
for  spent  (fol.  127^) — an  uncial  CD  could  not  easily  be  misread  into  rti:  and  a  semi-uncial 
exemplar  may  be  assumed  to  have  been  written  in  the  sixth  century. 

The  contents  of  the  MS.  are  in  part  closely  related  to  those  of  two  other  Gallic  MSS., 
the  Corbie  MS.  (Paris  B.N.,  lat.  12097),  written  perhaps  at  Corbie  itself,  or  if  not  in  northern 
Gaul,  in  the  second  half  of  the  sixth  century,  and  the  Toulouse  MS.  (see  above,  p.  31),  written 
at  Albi  between  590  and  666  :  and  in  these  common  portions  our  MS.  is  nearer  in  text  to  its 
southern  than  to  its  northern  relative.  Moreover,  the  Cologne  MS.  preserves  at  least  three 
pieces  occurring  at  three  separate  points,  which  are  absolutely  unique — the  Council  of  Nimes, 


40  SUPPLEMENTARY    NOTli    ON    COD.    COLON.    2  12. 

A.D.  396  (No.  VIII  in  the  MS.,  fol.  2>od),  a  letter  of  Cyprian,  Bishop  of  Toulon  in  the  first 
half  of  the  si.xth  century,  to  Maximus  of  Geneva  (No.  XXXVIII,  fol.  i  it,^),  and  the  Council  of 
Marseilles,  of  a.d.  533  (No.  L,  fol.  130^)  :  and  these  seem  to  direct  us  clearly  to  Provence  as 
the  home  either  of  our  MS.  or  of  its  immediate  ancestor,  if  that  ancestor  was  not  very  far 
removed  from  it  in  date.'  For  southern  Gaul,  too,  speaks  the  occasional  use  of  the  Visigothic 
abbreviation  p  iox  pro  :  see  Traube  at  the  end  of  the  preceding  notice.  But  in  any  case  our 
MS.  was  already  in  Cologne  early  in  the  ninth  century,  for  the  name  of  Hildebald,  bishop 
from  A.D.  785  to  819,  is  found  written  on  the  guard-leaf.  Hildebald  was  a  great  collector  of 
MSS.  and  procured  them  from  places  even  as  distant  as  Rome,  so  that  it  is  not  impossible 
that  our  MS.  was  one  of  those  which  owe  to  him  their  present  place  on  the  library  shelves  of 
the  metropolitan  church  of  St.  Peter  of  Cologne. 

Something  must,  however,  also  be  said  about  the  evidence  of  the  guard-leaves,  especially 
as  it  has  been  mis-stated  or  misinterpreted  in  all  modern  descriptions  of  the  MS.  Of  the 
two  leaves  that  precede  the  main  collection,  the  first  has  only  the  Hildebald  inscription  just 
mentioned  ;  the  second  is  filled  with  a  catalogue  of  the  contents  of  the  MS.  written  in  the 
same  or  a  contemporary  hand  with  the  MS.  itself  The  leaves  that  follow  the  collection 
contain,  however,  three  distinct  documents  :  (i)  on  fol.  i68a,  a  set  of  references  to  various 
canons  of  councils,  the  canon  being  identified  in  each  case  by  the  number  of  a  quaternion — 
F^  In  cann  apost  tit  xxvii  q.  i,  and  so  on  ;  (ii)  on  foil.  i6?>b,  i6ga,  a  catalogue  of  popes, 
carried  down  in  the  original  uncial  hand  to  Agapetus  (a.d.  535-536),  and  continued  in  a 
semi-uncial  hand  (such  as  that  of  the  body  of  the  MS.)  down  to  Gregory  (590-604) ;  (iii)  on 
fol.  i69<5,  the  latter  part  of  the  preface  to  the  second  edition  of  Dionysius  Exiguus'  Collection 
of  Canons. 

Now  of  these  three  pieces  the  first  and  third  admit  of  a  quite  certain  explanation,  and  it 
will  be  well  therefore  to  dispose  of  them  before  attacking  the  problem  of  the  papal  catalogue. 
The  list  on  fol.  i6Sa  is  nothing  more  nor  less  than  a  list  of  points  to  which  some  very  early 
reader  of  our  MS.  wished  to  call  attention  ;  the  quaternions  referred  to  are  the  quaternions  of 
our  MS.,  and  the  same  sign  which  is  prefixed  to  each  reference  on  fol.  i68a  will  be  found  at 
the  appropriate  place  in  the  body  of  the  MS.,  in  the  margin  opposite  the  passage  to  which 
attention  is  intended  to  be  called.  This  annotator  is  almost  or  quite  contemporary  with  the 
original  scribe.  Not  much  later — within  the  limits  of  the  seventh  century — falls  the  insertion 
of  the  Dionysian  matter  on  fol.  169^^,  by  some  reader  who  found  that  the  Dionysian  preface 
with  which  the  main  collection  opens  on  fol.  la  was  different,  or  at  least  had  a  different 
conclusion,  from  that  with  which  he  was  himself  familiar.  In  fact,  what  the  MS.  gives  is 
the  preface  to  the  ^rst  edition  of  Dionysius  (printed  in  Maassen,  p.  960)  ;  what  the  corrector 
gives  is  the  additional  matter,  distinctive  of  the  preface  to  the  second  edition  of  Dionysius 
{id.  p.  961),  and  he  has  connected  his  new  matter  with  the  old  by  adding  the  sign  <1>,  both  at 
the  top  left  hand  margin  of  fol.  1 69<5,  and  also  between  the  words  disciplina  and  seruata,  five 
lines  from  the  bottom  of  fol.  \a.  No  doubt  it  was  the  same  seventh  century  corrector,  who 
in  various  passages  of  the  Nicene  canons  has  substituted  the  phraseology  of  the  second  edition 

'  The  title  and  colophon  of  the  canons  of  the  Council  of  Orleans  of  a.d.  511  (fol.  37)— "  Incipiunt  canones 
Aurelianenses  de  Francia,"  "  Expliciunt  canones  Francisci  "—points  also  to  a  scribe  writing  outside  the  Frankish 
dominions,  and  therefore  away  from  Cologne. 


SUPPLEMENTARY  NOTE  ON  COD.  COLON.  2  12.  4I 

of  Dionysiiis  for  that  of  the  Gallic  version  given   by  the  original  scribe  (see    Eccl.    Occid. 
Moil.  hir.  Ant.,  I,  p.  248). 

Both  these  pieces  then  are  seen  to  be  intimately  connected  with  the  main  body  of  the 
MS.,  and  are  of  the  nature  of  early  addenda  to  it.  The  papal  catalogue,  which  occurs  on  the 
two  pages  (foil.  i68<^,  169a)  between  these  other  pieces,  was  clearly  in  its  present  place  as 
part  of  our  MS.  before  the  new  Dionysian  matter  was  inserted  after  it  on  fol.  1691^,  that  is  to 
say,  before  the  end  of  the  seventh  century  ;  can  we  take  its  history  any  further  back  ?  Our 
authorities — Maassen,  Wattenbach,  Duchesne — all  agree  in  saying  that  the  catalogue  was 
written  in  the  sixth  century,  earlier  than  the  body  of  the  MS.,  and  must  therefore  have  had  a 
different  origin  and  have  been  brought  only  into  fortuitous  juxtaposition  with  the  collection 
that  precedes  it.  But  one  of  the  new  lessons  which  palaeography  has  to  teach  us  is  that  it 
was  quite  common  and  natural  for  scribes  to  be  able  to  write  in  two  hands  ;  and  I  believe  that 
the  scribe  who  wrote  in  uncials  the  catalogue  that  ends  with  Agapetus  was  the  same  as  the 
scribe  (or  one  of  the  scribes)  who  wrote  in  semi-uncials  the  main  body  of  the  MS.  Anyone 
who  has  the  opportunity  of  examining  the  documents  will  find  that,  wherever  the  letters  admit 
of  comparison — e.g.,  F  and  Z — the  closest  similarity  exists  between  the  forms  used  in  the 
uncial  catalogue  and  in  the  semi-uncial  MS.  Moreover  this  papal  catalogue  on  the  guard- 
leaves  at  the  end  of  the  book  is  set  within  an  ornamental  arcade  ;  and  the  index  of  contents 
on  the  guard-leaves  at  the  beginning  of  the  book — which  obviously  presupposes  the  existence 
of  the  book — is  also  set  in  an  arcade,  less  elaborate  no  doubt  than  the  other,  but  quite  like  it 
in  general  conception  and  arrangement.  And  the  very  difficulty  which  has  suggested  the 
earlier  date  for  the  handwriting  of  the  catalogue,  namely,  that  it  stops  at  Agapetus  in 
A.D.  535,  carries  with  it,  when  looked  at  more  closely,  its  own  solution  ;  for  it  appears  that  the 
scribe  of  this  earlier  part  knew  that  some  addition  was  necessary  to  his  work  before  it  could 
be  called  complete.  Between  the  line  which  contains  the  name  of  Agapetus  and  the  summary 
of  the  total  duration  of  the  pontificates  from  Agapetus  back  to  Peter,  Ql  fivnt  anni  dviii,  a 
space  of  some  eight  or  ten  lines  is  left  blank ;  and  in  this  space  a  semi-uncial  hand  has,  as  a 
matter  of  fact,  inserted  the  names  of  the  seven  successors  of  Agapetus  down  to  and  including 
St.  Gregory.  That  the  list  ending  with  Agapetus  was  copied  by  our  scribe  from  the  same 
exemplar  from  which  he  derived  his  canonical  collection,  cannot  be  proved  ;  but  as  we  have 
seen  reason  to  think  that  the  exemplar  was  written  in  the  sixth  century,  it  is  at  least  not 
unlikely  that  it  may  have  contained  a  papal  catalogue  ending  at  just  that  point.  Nor  am  I 
prepared  to  say  that  the  semi-uncial  hand  which  continued  the  list  down  to  Gregory  is  that  of 
the  scribe,  or  of  any  of  the  scribes,  of  the  main  body  of  the  MS.  :  but  if  the  list  was  continued 
only  to  Gregory  after  it  had  passed  out  of  the  control  of  the  original  scribe  or  scribes,  the 
pontificate  of  Gregory  appears  all  the  more  probably  to  be  the  termitmx  ad  quern  of  our  MS., 
which  may  therefore  be  dated  at  about  a.d.  600. 


PACS.    CREED.S. 


PALAOGRAPHISCHE     BEMERKUNGEN     VON      LUDWIG       TRAUBE. 


I.     DIE       ABBILDUNGEN       DES     SYMBOLUM     APOSTOLICUM. 

§    I. EiNLEITUNG. 

Bei  der  Beurteilung  der  palaographischen  Noten,  die  ich  zu  den  hier  gebotenen 
Tafeln  beigesteuert  habe,  bitte  ich  folgenden  Standpunkt  einzunehmen.  Das  Material 
wurde  von  meineni  Freunde,  Rev.  A.  E.  Burn,  im  Zusammenhang  mit  seiner  grossen, 
nie  unterbrochenen  historisch-kritischen  Arbeit  iiber  die  altesten  christlichen  Symbole 
gesammelt.  Besondere  palaographische  Riicksichten  waren  dafiir  nicht  massgebend.  Ich 
wieder  hatte  nur  den  Auftrag  und  den  Beruf,  iiber  die  so  gesammeken  Facsimiles,  ohne 
Riicksicht  auf  ihren  Hturgischen  Inhalt,  palaographische  Adnotationen  zu  machen,  oder, 
wie  ich  besser  sagen  soUte,  Adnotationen  zu  machen,  die  einem  Palaographen  nahe  liegen  ; 
denn  ganz  auf  graph ischem  Gebiete  konnen  sie  sich  nicht  bewegen.  Es  kommt  aber  hinzu, 
dass  ich,  obgleich  ich  mich  zu  dieser  Arbeit  schon  vor  einigen  Jahren  bereit  erklart  hatte, 
■doch  nur  bei  der  Miinchener  und  Veroneser  Handschrift  die  Gelegenheit  fand,  meine 
Ansichten,  die  ich  auf  Photographien,  auf  gedruckte  und  ad  hoc  geheferte  Beschreibungen 
und  Verzeichnisse  der  Abkiirzungen  griinden  musste,  durch  Autopsie  zu  iiberpriifen  und  zu 
verbessern.  Wenigstens  habe  ich  die  andern  Handschriften,  die  ich  von  den  hier 
beschriebenen  sonst  noch  gesehen  habe,  vor  dem  Gedanken  an  eine  bestinimte 
palaographische  Arbeit  gesehen. 

Es  versteht  sich  von  selbst,  dass  ich  liturgische  Schriften  nur  in  besonderen  Fallen  citire. 
Im  Allgemeinen  setze  ich  ihre  Kenntnis  voraus. 

Fiir  die  oben  erwahnten  Bilder  und  Beschreibungen  bin  ich  ausser  A.  E.  Burn  zu  Dank 
verpflichtet  folgenden  Freunden  und  Helfern  :  C.  U.  Clark  fur  Hulfe  in  Rom  und  Mailand, 
Enander  fiir  Hiilfe  in  Paris,  P.  Gabriel  Meier  fiir  Hiilfe  in  Einsiedeln,  W.  Riezler  fiir  Hiilfe 
in  St.  Petersburg,  C.  H.  Turner  und  P.  August  Merk,  S.J.,  fiir  Hiilfe  in  Koln  und  Mailand. 


■  §  2. — Bern,  Stadtbibliothek,  645,   Fol.  72. 

Litterattii- :  Uber  den  Inhalt  der  Hs.  vgl.  ausser  Hagens  Katalog  noch  Mommsen,  Ch-onica 
Minora,  I,  564  und  674;  Bratke,  Theologische  Studien  ti.  Kritiken,  1895, 
S.  153  ff.  ;  und  A.  E.  Burn,  Introduction  to  the  Creeds,  London,  1899,  pag.  241. 

Die  Schrift  der  Handschrift  mochte  ich  bezeichnen  als  eine  Zwischenstufe  zwischen 
gallischer  Halbunciale  und  Minuskel.  Es  lassen  sich  eine  Reihe  franzosischer  Handschriften 
vergleichen,  wie  Cambrai  624  {Albutn  Pal^ographiqtie,  pi.  13),  Paris  Nouv.  Acq.  1597 
i(Delisle,  Fonds  Libri,  pi.  5,  i  ;  Chatelain,  Scriptura  Uncialis,  tab.  C)  ;  Paris  Nouv.  Acq. 
,1619   (Delisle,  Fo7ids  Libri,  pi.   5,  2);    Karlsruhe  Aug.  CCLIII  ;  Petersburg  F.I.  5,  F.I.  6, 

G   2 


44  PALAOGRAPHISCHE    BEMERKUNGEN    VON    LUDWIG   TRAUBE. 

O.I.  4.  Alle  diese  Handschriften  sind  vom  7.  bis  zum  8.  Jahrhundert  entstanden.  Allein 
ihre  Ahnlichkeit  mit  dem  Bernensis  ist  nirgends  durchschlagend.  Die  Petersburger  Hss., 
die  aus  Corbie  stammen,  und  Paris  Nouv.  Acq.  161 9,  haben  mehr  vom  eigenen  Charakter 
der  Halbunciale  (doch  kennt  der  Bernensis  auf  andern  Seiten  audi  einige  halbunciale  und 
unciale  Formen,  z.  B.  das  g,  die  auf  fol.  72  nicht  vorkommen).  Die  Karlsruher  Hs.,  die 
fruher  auf  der  Reichenau  lag,  hat  mehr  kursive  Elemente.  Am  nachsten  steht  noch  die  Hs. 
Paris  Nouv.  Acq.  1597,  die  dem  Kloster  des  h.  Benedikt  zu  Fleury  gehort  hat.  Aber  auch 
hier  sind  einzelne  Unterschiede,  wie  in  der  Bezeichnung  des  m  (im  Floriacensis  ~  und  — ,  im 
Bernensis  nur — ),  nicht  zu  verkennen.  Man  ware  geneigt,  die  Berner  Hs.  womoglich  noch 
vor  dem  8.  Jahrhundert  oder  doch  spatestens  am  Beginn  des  8.  Jahrhunderts  anzusetzen, 
doch  bewegt  mich  das  freiHch  sparsame  und  auch  riickstandige,  doch  aber  auch  wieder  in 
Einzelnem  fortgeschrittene  Abkiirzungssystem  bis  in  die  Mitte  des  8.  Jahrhunderts  zu  gehen  : 
z.  B.  fol.  57"  dns  nr  ihs  xps,  aber  auf  derselben  Seite  auch  dran  nr  ihin  xpm ;  vgl.  dazu 
Traube,  Perrona  Scottomm  {Sitzungsberichte  der  bayer.  Akademie,  1900,  S.  521)  [und 
Nomina  Sacra,  p.  229].  Auch  auf  der  hier  gebotenen  Seite  ist  ih^l■m  falschlich  fiir  ihm  gesetzt 
(der  Schreiber  wollte  ausserdem  wohl,  was  richtig  ist,  in  umgekehrter  Reihenfolge  xp?n  ihin 
schreiben  ;  ebenso  scheint  in  Zeile  2  filium  erst  verbessert  SMsJiliiis).  Ganz  auffallig  ist  auf 
fol.  57"  prpi  fiir  propter ;  es  diirfte  auf  Verwechselung  mit  der  legitimen  spanischen  Form 
pptr  beruhen,  ebenso  ist  das  unmittelbar  folgende  psclis  fiir  paschalis  nach  spanischer  Art 
gebildet.  Doch  scheint  an  diesen  Stellen,  die  im  Cyclus  Paschalis  des  Victorius  Aquitanus 
stehen,  wahrscheinlich  die  sudfranzosische  Vorlage  durch.  Dies  diirfte  auch  der  Fall  sein  an 
den  wenigen  Stellen,  wo  ti  nicht  am  Zeilenschluss,  sondern  innerhalb  der  Zeile,  durch  das 
kursive,  iiber  der  Linie  stehende  v  bezeichnet  wird,  wie  fol.  59  q"od  aliq'"ociens.  Gut  und 
regelmassig  ist  episcopus  {eps,  etc.)  und  Israel  {isr I)  behandelt, 

§  3. — Paris  lat.   13246,   Fol.  88.     Sog.  Sacramentarium  Gallicanum. 

Litteratur:  Eine  vollstandige  Beschreibung  der  Hs.  gab  Delisle,  Cabinet  des  Manuscrits  HI, 
224.  [Vgl.  auch  Dom  Wilmart  im  Dictionnaii*e  d' Archeologie  Chretienne  et  de 
Liturgie,  fasc.  XV,  col.  941  sqq.  (1908).] 

Bilder :  L.  Delisle,  loc.  cit.,  zahlt  das  vor  ihm  Vorhandene  auf;  er  beschrankt  sich  auf  den  kleinen 
Schnitt,  den  Mabillon  in  Mttsaeum  Italicum  gab,  und  die  spateren  Wiedergaben 
dieser  wenigen  Zeilen  ;  Delisle  selbst  giebt  einige  Zeilen  wieder  auf  pi.  XV,  6  and  7, 
und  pi.  XVH,  6.     [Vier  Seiten  bei  Dom  Wilmart,  loc.  cit7\ 

Im  Jahre  1681  hatte  Mabillon  sein  Hauptwerk  herausgegeben  ;  erst  1685 — viel  zu  spat 
und  viel  zu  fliichtig  fiir  die  Wissenschaft — unternahm  er  seine  Reise  nach  Italien.  Bei  der 
Riickkehr  hielt  er  sich  drei  Tage  im  Kloster  Bobbio  auf,  wo  sich  freilich  die  schonsten  Hss. 
schon  lange  nicht  mehr  befanden.  Vor  ihm  lag,  wie  er  spater  erzahlte,  nur  magni  nominis 
timbra.  Doch  entlieh  er  sich  unter  andern  und  erwarb  so  indirekt  fiir  das  Heimatland  der 
wissenschaftlichen  Palaographie  codicem  Liturgiae  Gallicanae  optimae  notae  litteris  mainsculii 
exaratum  :^  es  ist  dies  die  Hs.  jetzt  der  Nationalbibliothek  zu  Paris  13246. 

'  Miisaeum  Italicuvi,  Paris,  1724,  T.  i.,  p.  217. 


PALAOGRAPHISCHE    BEMERKUNGEN    VON    LUDWIG   TRAUBE.  45 

Es  ist  also  iiber  die  Provenienz  unserer  Hs.  irgend  ein  Zweifel  nicht  moglich.  Und 
entsprache  nur  einigermassen  ihre  Schrift  dem  wohl  wechselnden  und  oft  verschiedenartigen, 
doch  aber  Alles  in  Allem  sehr  bekannten  Charakter  von  Bobbio,  deckte  sich  also  Provenienz 
und  Ursprung,  so  ware  jedes  weitere  Wort  iiberfliissig.'  Allein  das  ist  nicht  der  Fall  :  die 
Hs.  —  sowohl  der  eigentliche  Grundstock  (das  Sacramentarium  Gallicanum  mit  dem  Credo) 
als  die  vielen  gleichzeitigen  oder  spatern  Nachtrage  (Delisle  fiihrt  sie  genau  auf) — ist  so 
unkalligraphisch  geschrieben  und  nimmt  eine  so  exceptionelle  Stellung  ein,  dass  man  suchen 
und  debattiren  muss. 

Da  nun  die  Palaographie  zunachst  nur  negativen  Bescheid  gibt,  und  uns  von  Bobbio 
wegweist,  so  miissen  wir  die  Kultureinfliisse  betrachten,  die  in  der  Hs.  zu  Tage  treten  und 
vielleicht  zu  einem  andern  bekannten  Centrum  hinfiihren  konnen. 

Da  cribt  es  nun  ohne  Fragfe  zunachst  starke  Spanische  Symptome.  So  die  Wortform 
Romensis,  vgl.  Traube,^  Textgeschichte  der  Regula  S.  Benedicti,  S.  129  {=  Abkandhutgen 
der  Bayer.  Akademie,  XXI,  iii,  727);  sie  drang  freilich  von  Spanien  nach  Frankreich  vor, 
und  steht  ebenso  z.  B.  in  Rom  Reg.  lat.  317,  und  Gotha  Membr.  I,  85.  Ein  Stiick  der 
Nachtrage,.  fol.  294,  de  tempore  nativitatis  C/irisii,  findet  sich  wieder  in  der  spanischen  Hs., 
s.  viii,  jetzt  Albi  29:  vgl.  Mommsen,  Chronica  Minora  HI,  728.  Die  sogenannten  y^ffl; 
monackormn,  wieder  in  den  Nachtragen,  haben  auch  entfernten  Zusammenhang  mit  Spanien  ; 
vgl.  Omont,  Bibliotheque  de  I'^cole  des  Charles,  XLIV,  58.  Dennoch  aber  ist  Schrift 
(mitsamt  der  Kiirzungen)  und  Orthographie  in  der  gesammten  Hs.  nichts  weniger  als  spanisch. 
Wir  finden  uberall  den  Typus  7ii  mit  einigen  Fallen  des  Typus  nri,  aber  nirgends  die 
spanischen  Formen  von  noster ;  es  wird  z.fr/  fiir  Ara^/ geschrieben,  nicht  5r/ oder  eine  der 
andern  spanischen  Formen  ;  qnm  und  sclm,  die  vorkommen,  sind  zwar  urspriinglich  spanische 
Bildungen,  die  aber  friih  schon  ziemlich  verbreitet  waren  ;  p  steht  in  der  eigentlichen  Hs. 
immer  fur  per  und  daneben  kommt  hie  und  da  /  fiir  pro  vor  ;  nur  in  den  Nachtragen  steht  p 
auch  {\\x per;  diese  Art  ist  aber  nicht  nur  spanisch,  sondern  auch  friih-franzosisch. 

Bedeutender  als  die. spanischen  scheinen  die  Irischen  Einflusse  zu  sein,  die  auf  die  Hs. 
eingewirkt  haben.  Die  Liturgiker  sind  uber  diesen  Punkt  jetzt  einig.^  Mcfn  kann  ihren 
Argumenten  etwa  noch  den  Hinweis  auf  die  Orthographie  hinzufiigen,  die  in  den  Nachtragen 
stellenweis  hervortritt  :  concesione,  posedet,  preceset  [=.  praecessit),  pasionem,  mesam 
{=  missani).  Wir  sind  gewohnt,  derartige  Schreibungen,  die  freilich  auch  wieder  an 
Spanien  denken  lassen  konnten,  im  Allgemeinen  als  irisch  anzusehen. 

Also  hier  scheinen  wir  doch  nach  Bobbio  zuriickgewiesen  zu  werden.  Und  fiir  Italien, 
und  damit  auch  wieder  fiir  Bobbio,  spricht  dem  Ansehen  nach  auch  die  Erwahnung  der 
heiligen  Eugenia  {Eogenia  bei  Mabillon  I,  2,  pag.  281  und  289).  Ich  hatte  friiher  in  der 
Textgeschichte  der  Regula  S.  Benedicti  (pag.  103  =  701)  erklart,  dass  es  noch  so  stande  wie  zur 
Zeit  Mabillons  :  man  konne  den  Kult  der  Eugenia  nicht  gut  lokalisiren.  Inzwischen  fand 
Ebner    [Qziellen   und  Forschungen   zur    Geschichte  des   Missale   Romanum,   Freiburg,    1896, 

'  Ich  halte  Dom  Cagins  Annahme,  dass  der  Inhalt  der  Hs.  auf  Bobbio  weise,  durch  Duchesne,  Lejay  und  Morin 
fiir  widerlegt. 

*  Dafiir  dass  Romensis  die  spanische  Form  fiir  Romanus  war,  haben  sich  seither  mir  noch  sehr  viele  Beispiele 
ergeben  ;  freilich  auch  dafiir,  dass  die  Form  von  Spanien  aus  sich  in  GaOien  verbreitete.  Die  Murbache  Hs.  Martene's, 
in  der  das  Breviarium  eccksiae  ordinis  Rominsae  steht,  habe  ich  inzwischen  in  Gotha  wieder  aufgefunden. 

'  Vgl.  Bannister, /ournal  0/  Theological  Studies,  V  (1903),  54. 


46  PALAOGRAPHISCHE    BEMERKUNGEN    VON    LUDWIG   TRAUBE. 

pag.  424)  zwei  sicher  italienische  Hss.  mit  Anrufung  der  Eugenia  :  Rom,  Sess.  CXXXVI, 
s.  xi  (aus  Como),  und  Florenz  Laur.  Aed.  CXI,  s.  x  (aus  Florenz).  Freilich  steht  diesen  Hss. 
die  Regula  Magistri  gegeniiber  (vgl.  Textgeschichte,  loc.  cit.).  Hier  spiek  Sancta  Eugenia  eine 
Rolle,  und  weder  die  Regel  selbst  noch  die  Hss.  der  Regel  konnen  aus  Italien  sein.^ 

Allein,  wenn  wir  uns  auch  an  die  beiden  italienischen  Hss.  und  nicht  an  die  Regula 
Magistri  halten  wollten — die  Schrift  ist  entschieden  einer  Lokalisirung  in  Italien  entgegen,  sie 
ist  absolut  nicht  bobiensisch.  In  Bobbio  stiessen  ja  irische  und  italienische  Kultur  zusammen, 
und  irgend  etwas  in  der  Schrift  und  in  den  Abkiirzungen  der  Codices  Bobienses  lasst  immer 
das  Produkt  dieser  doppelten  Stromung  erkennen.  Wir  sehen  entweder  italienische  Schrift 
mit  insularen  Kiirzungen  oder  insulare  Schrift  mit  italienischen  Kiirzungen,  oft  beides 
zusammen  in  derselben  Hs.  Wo  aber  eine  solche  Kreuzung  nicht  stattgefunden  hat,  ptlegt 
das  eine  der  beiden  Elemente,  das  insulare  oder  das  italienische,  doch  so  stark  und  klar 
entwickelt  zu  sein,  dass  man  iiber  die  Herkunft  der  Hs.  nicht  im  Zweifel  sein  kann.  Im 
Parisinus  13246  ist  das  nicht  so.  Die  Schrift  ist  in  der  Hs.  selbst  Unciale  ohne  irischen 
Beisatz,  in  den  Nachtragen  mit  Minuskel  gemischte  Unciale,  desgleichen  ohne  jeden  Anklang 
an  das  Insulare.     Es  kommt  keinerlei  insulare  Abkurzung  vor. 

Suchen  wir  aber  nach  einer  andern  Statte  ausserhalb  Bobbios,  wo  irischer  Einfluss  auf 

den  Schreiber  wirken  konnte  und  zu  der  die  Schrift  des  Codex  besser  passen  wiirde,  so  werden 

unsere   Gedanken  von   Italien  nach  Gallien,  von  Bobbio  nach  Luxeuil  gelenkt.     An   Luxeuil 

hatte  einst  schon  Mabillon  gedacht,  aber  nicht  gerade  aus  palaographischen  Griinden.     Auch 

wir  wollen  nur  soviel  sagen  :    Die  franzosische  Griindung  Columbans  unterscheidet  sich  von 

der  italienischen   dadurch,  dass  in   ihr  das  irische  Element  auf  den  Charakter  der  Schrift  gar 

nicht  eingewirkt  hat ;    diese  bleibt  dort  vielmehr  gallisch.     Schrift  und  Abkiirzungen  in  Paris 

13246  sind  fiir  Luxeuil  moglich,  gerade  so  gut  moglich  wie  unmoglich  fiir  Bobbio.     Freilich 

<eine  besondere  Ahnlichkeit  konnte  ich  auch  nicht  ins  Feld  fiihren.      Die  Hs.  ist  aber  alter  als 

die  sonst  bekannten    Erzeugnisse  aus  Luxeuil.      In  der   Sprache  konnte  die  oben  erwahnte 

irische     Eigenthiimlichkeit     der     Nachtrage    gut    auf    Luxeuil    gedeutet    werden.      Andere 

Orthographica,    wie  das  erwahnte  Eogenia,   und   z.  B.   seo,  haben  eine  Entsprechung  in  der 

Uberlieferung     vieler     gallischer     Hss.     (vgl.     Schuchardt,     Vokalisnms,     II,     163;    Eranos 

Vindobonensis,   p.    114,  adn.    3).      Die  oft  sehr  vulgare  Sprache    der    Nachtrage  schien  den 

Romanisten  wenigstens    mehr    nach    Frankreich  als  nach   Italien  zu  weisen  ;  vgl.   P.  Meyer, 

Romania   I  (1872),  489;   Boucherie,  i?^2VM^  des  Langties  Romanes,  V  {\2>j^),  103;  derselbe  in 

Melanges  Latins  et  Bas-Latins,  Montpellier,  1875.    Doch  das  sind  allgemeine  Erwahnungen,  die 

nur  fiir  Frankreich  und  zum  Theilgegen  Italien  sprechen.     Von  besonderen  Griinden,  die  sich 

fiir  Luxeuil  anfiihren  liessen,  ware  ausser  den  irischen  Eigenheiten  und  den  nahen  Beziehungen 

zwischen  Bobbio  und  Luxeuil  nur  folgender  noch  geltend  zu  machen.      Der  Name  Bertulftis, 

der  fol.  197''  auf  dem   Rand  des  Parisinus  steht  (eben  so  wie  an  andern  Stellen:  Elderatus, 

Mamcberius,  Dacolena^  und  Bonolo),  wurde  von  Mabillon  auf  den  Abt  von  Bobbio  (4-  639) 

bezogen.     Bertulfus  kam  aber  nach   Bobbio  im  Jahre  626  aus  Luxeuil.     Wir  mochten  also 

eher   annehmen,   wenn    ein    Zusammenhang  existirt,   dass   Bertulfus  das    Buch   nach  Bobbio 

mitbrachte.     Doch    dies  ist  eine  vao-e    Mooflichkeit.     Wollen    wir   uns  in  den  Grenzen  des 

'  Dasselbe  gilt  vom  Sakramentar  von  Gellone,  wo  gleichfalls  Eogenia  angerufen  wird. 

^  Forstemann  fiihrt  eanen  Dacolenus  aus  einer  Urkunde  von  Moissac  a.  680  an  (Pardessus,  Diplomata,  II,  185). 


PALAOGRAPHISCHE    I5EMERKUNGEN    VON    LUDWIG    TRAUBE.  47 

Wahrscheinlichen  halten,  so  ist  eben  zu  sagen  :  der  Parisinus  ist  ein  wenig  kalligraphisches 
Machwerk,  dessen  Lokalisirung  und  chronologische  Fixirung  schwer  fallt ;  wahrscheinlich 
gehort  die  Hs.  nach  Frankreich  als  ein  Erzeugniss  des  sehr  barbarischen  7.  Jahrhunderts. 
Irische  Einflusse,  die  der  Inhalt  und  die  Orthographie  wiederspiegelt,  konnten  auf  Luxeuil 
weisen  oder  eine  Statte,  die  unter  ahnlichen  Bedingungen  stand,  wie  diese  irische  Griindung  in 
Frankreich.  Wollteman  mit  noch  grosserer  Vorsicht  sagen  :  die  Hs.  habe  in  Bobbio  gelegen^ 
sei  aber  nicht  von  einem  an  die  Bobienser,  sondern  an  franzosische  Schrift  Gewohnten 
geschrieben,  so  konnten  dagegen  mit  Recht  die  Nachtrage  geltend  gemacht  werden,  da  auch 
in  ihnen  nicht  die  Schrift  von  Bobbio  angewandt  ist. 

§  4. — Rom  Pal.  lat.  493,  Fol.   16,   16",   17.     Sog.  Missale  Gallicanum  Vetus. 

Litteratur :  Zu  vergleichen  iiber  diese  Hs.  ist  Adalbert  Ebner,  Quellen  und  Forschungen  zur 
Geschichte  und  Kunstgeschichte  des  Missale  Romanum,  Freiburg-i.-B.,  1896,  S.  246^ 
wo  auch  die  altere  Litteratur  zu  finden  ist.  Hinzuzufiigen  ist  die  neue  Auflage  von 
Duchesne,  Origines  du  Culte  Chrdtien,  Paris,  1898,  pag.  144,  und  der  zweite  Band 
von  F.  Kattenbusch,  Das  Apostolische  Symbol,  Leipzig,  igoo,  passim. 

Bilder ;  Ich  kenne  nur  den  Stich  bei  Muratori,  Liturgia  Romana  Vetus,  Venedig,  1748, 
vol.  H,  gegeniiber  von  pag.  391.  Bei  Ebner  wird  zwar  ein  Bild  auf  S.  430  als 
"  die  Titelseite  aus  Cod.  Palat.  493  "  bezeichnet,  doch  liegt  ein  Irrthum  vor,  und  das 
Bild  entspricht  vielmehr  Rom  Reg.  317,  fol.  169". 

Delisle  sagt  [Mimoires  de  Ulnstitut,  Ac.  des  Inscriptions,  vol.  XXXH,  pag.  ']i)  mit  vollem 
Recht  :  "  Ces  cent  six  feuillets  forment  treize  cahiers,  dont  les  douze  premiers  sont  les  debris 
d'un  ou  de  deux  sacramentaires."  In  der  That  sind,  von  dem  ganz  unzugehorigen  Anhang 
(fol.  100  sqq.)  abgesehen,  drei  Hande  zu  unterscheiden  ■  davon  ist  wieder  eine  von  den 
iibrigen  so  verschieden,  auch  die  Einrichtung  dieses  Theiles  der  Hs.  so  abweichend,  dass 
man  geneigt  ist,  nicht  nur  eine  andere  Hand,  sondern  auch  eine  andere  Hs.  vorauszusetzen. 
Hierher  gehoren  die  3.  Lage  (fol.  34-43),  die  4.  und  5.  (fol.  19-33),  die  6.  bis  12.  (fol.  44-99) : 
auf  diesen  Blattern  hat  die  Hs.  iiberall  20  Zeilen.  Die  i.  Lage  mit  16  Zeilen  (fol.  i-io) 
und  die  2.  mit  14  Zeilen  (fol.  11-18)  stehen  sich  dagegen  sehr  nahe  in  Schrift  und 
Initialsornamentik.  Dasselbe  Schwanken  in  der  Zeilenzahl  herrscht  iibrigens  auch  in  dem 
nahe  verwandten  Rom  Reg.  lat.  317,  wo  der  erste  Theil  14,  der  zweite  Theil  20  Zeilen  hat, 
so  dass  auf  solchen  Unterschied  gebauter  Schluss  allein  nicht  sicher  ist. 

Wenn  man  sich  ganz  im  Gebiete  der  Palaographie  halt,  so  hat  man  fur  die  Beurtheilung 
der  Hs.  folgende  Elemente.  Die  Unciale,  die  gelegentlich  verwandte  Minuskel  (fol.  10", 
Zeile  3  von  unten,  per  dnm  ;  fol.  17  zweimal  cre<^do~>  von  einer  anderen  Hand),  die 
Ornamentik  sind  eigenartig  und  zeigen  deutliche  Anklange  an  die  von  mir  sogenannte 
"  Schule  von  Luxeuil  "  ;  der  Nachtrag  ist  an  einer  deutschen  Statte,  wie  etwa  Murbach, 
im  9.  Jahrhundert  geschrieben.  Die  ganze  Hs.  gehorte  spater  dem  Kloster  des  h.  Nazarius 
zu  Lorsch. 

Hinzunehmen  kann  man  noch  die  nahe  Verwandtschaft  von  Palat.  lat.  493  mit  Reg. 
lat.  317.  Beide  Hss.  sind  inhaltlich  und  palaographisch  oft  verglichen  worden.  Offenbar  ist 
der  Zusammenhang  ein  enger.      Mir  scheint  der  Palatinus  um  einiges  junger  als  der  Reginensis. 


48-  PALAOGRAPIIISCHE    BEMERKUNGEN    VON     LUDWIG    TRAUBE. 

Er  steht  zum  Reginensis  vielleicht  im  Verhaltniss  eines  Neffen.  Nun  ist  der  Reginensis 
genauer  zu  localisiren  als  der  Palatinus.  Er  wurde  nach  680  fiir  die  Diocese  von  Autun 
geschrieben.  Man  darf  daher  vom  Palatinus  vielleicht  sagen  :  er  gehort  zur  Schule  von 
Luxeuil,  wurde  geschrieben  am  Beginn  des  8.  Jahrhunderts,  kam  aus  Burgund  uber  eines 
der  Kloster,  die  Beziehungen  zu  Deutschland  hatten,  im  9.  Jahrhundert  nach  Lorsch. 


§    5. — Paris    lat.     12048,     Fol.    181    und    191".       Sacramentarium    und   Martvrologium 

VON  Gellone. 

Litteratur :  Beschreibung  bei  Delisle,  Le  Cabinet  dcs  Manuscrits,  III,  221  ff.  ;  derselbe, 
Memoires  de  I'Institut,  Acaddmie  des  Inscriptions,  XXXII,  80.  Vgl.  ferner  iiber  die 
Herkunft  Traube,  Textgeschichte  der  Regida  S.  Benedicti,  123  (=  721) ;  Dom  Cagin 
in  Mdlanges   Cabrieres,   Paris,  1899,  I.    231   ff.  ;    Dom  Ouentin,  Revue  Bdnddictine, 

XX  (1903),  370  f. 

Bilder :  Delisle,  Le  Cabinet  des  Manuscrits,  pi.  XIV,  8.  Er  fiihrt  auch,  loc.  cit.,  die  alteren 
Abbildungen  im  Nouveau  Traits  de  Diplomatique,  bei  Bastard  (nach  der  von 
Delisle  eingefiihrten  Zahlung  pi.  49-61),  in  Le  Moyen  Age  et  la  Renaissance,  und 
in  der  PaUographie  Universelle,  an. 

Man  ist  gewohnt,  die  Schrift  dieses  prachtigen  Codex  als  "spanisch"  (ecriture 
visigothique)  zu  bezeichnen.  Die  Verfasser  des  Nouveau  Traitd  haben  es  so  eingefiihrt : 
Silvestre,  Delisle,  Chatelain  {Inirodtiction  a  la  Lectu.re  des  Notes  Tironiennes,  Paris,  1900, 
pag.  120)  und  Andere  haben  die  Bezeichnung  angenommen,  Delisle  aber  driickt  sich  an  einer 
Stelle  auch  wieder  viel  vorsichtiger  aus,  und  spricht  von  "  Ecriture  demi-onciale  qui  se  rattache 
a  I'ecole  visigothique"  {Mdmoires,  loc.  cit.,  pag.  81). 

Nun  gibt  es  wohl  Eigenthiimlichkeiten  in  der  Orthographic,  die  man  fiir  Spanien  geltend 
machen  konnte :  z.  B.  h^radicare,  Ininum,  dihutius,  habysi  (=  abyssi).  Aber  wir  treffen 
desgleichen  doch  auch  in  Frankreich. 

In  der  Kijrzung  gibt  es  spanische  Anklange  hie  und  da.  So  usrm  (=  uestrum),  ms 
(=  meus)  und  7no  (=  ineo\  Auch  die  Buchstaben  sind  z.  Th.  spanisch  gefarbt,  besonders  das 
g.  Im  Allgemeinen  spricht  aber  auch  in  der  Palaographie  sofort  vieles  gegen  die  Annahme 
spanischer  Herkunft.  Die  Worte  noster  und  tiester  (bis  auf  die  oben  erwahnte  Form),  Israel, 
nomen,  auteni,  per  und  pro  haben  in  den  Kurzformen,  die  unsere  Hs.  fiir  sie  setzt,  nicht 
spanisches,  sondern  franzosisches  Geprage.  Die  ganze  Hs.  gehort,  der  Schrift  nach,  in  die 
Kategorie  der  oben  zur  Erklarung  des  Bernensis  zusammengestellten  franzosischen  Hss. 
der  Ubergangszeit. 

Die  Miniaturen  und  Ornamente  (der  "  Buchschmuck,"  wie  wir  sagen)  sind  sehr  eigenartig 
und  es  gibt  unter  den  vor-Karolingischen  und  Karolingischen  Hss.  keine  genaue  Parallele. 
Janitschek  {Die  Trierer  Ada-Handschrift,  Leipzig,  1889,  pag.  69)  denkt  an  syrische  Einflusse. 
Dass  der  Orient  irgendwie  auf  diese  Art  der  Buchmalerei  eingewirkt  hat,  darf  gewiss 
behauptet  werden  auch  von  denen,  die  Strzygowskis  geistreiche  Hypothesen  nicht  alle 
annehmen.  Indessen  bleibt  es  merkwiirdig,  dass  was  man  am  ehesten  von  vorhandenen 
lateinischen  Hss.  zum  Vergleich  der  Hs.  von  Gellone  heranziehen  konnte  auf  spanischem 
Boden  entstanden   ist.     Ist  die  Hs.  also  vielleicht  dennoch  mit  Spanien  enger  verbunden  als 


PALAOGRAPHISCHE    BEMERKUNGEN    VON    LUDWIG   TRAUBE.  49 

wir  glauben  mochten  ?  Schon  im  9.  Jahrhundert,  wie  die  spateren  Eintrage  zeigen — Delisle 
zahlt  sie  pag.  222  auf — befand  sich  die  Hs.  in  Gellone,  in  der  siidfranzosischen  Diocese  Lodeve, 
d.  h.  in  der  Sphare  spanischer  Einfliisse.  Aber  gerade  diese  Nachtrage  und  Randnotizen, 
die  sich  von  der  Schrift  des  Sakramentars  und  Martyrologiums  deutlich  abheben  und 
Karolingischen  Charakter  tragen,  beweisen,  dass  der  Zusammenhang  der  Hs.  mit  Gellone 
erst  im  9.  Jahrhundert  hergestellt  wurde. 

Wir  sind  in  der  gliicklichen  Lage,  bei  dieser  mehr  negativen  Auskunft  nicht  stehen 
bleiben  zu  brauchen.  In  der  That  hat  schon  Sollier  gesehen,'  dass  bestimmte  urspriingliche 
Notizen  im  Text  des  Martyrologium  besonderen  Bezug  auf  das  Kloster  Rebais  in  der  Diocese 
Meaux  nehmen.  Dom  Quentin  hat  diesen  Stellen  noch  eine  weitere  hinzugefuhrt,  aus  der 
sich  erofibt,  dass  die  Hs.  tjeschrieben  wurde  wahrend  Romanus  Bischof  von  Meaux  war. 
Dies  fiihrt  mit  ziemlicher  Sicherheit  auf  das  Jahr  ca.  750. 

Fur  diese  Zeit  und  diese  Gegend  passt  nun  auch  vollstandig  das  Stadium,  in  dem  die 
Kiirzungen  der  Hs.  stehen.  Besonders  konnen  wir  dies  an  noster  und  tiester  erkennen.  Der 
Nominativ  ist  nt^  die  Deklination  folgt  dem  Typus  ni,  selten  sind  Formen  des  Typus  nri. 

Zusammenfassend  mochte  ich  sagen  :  die  Hs.  ist  ca.  a.  750  fiir  und  wahrscheinlich  in  der 
Diocese  Meaux  geschrieben  worden  ;  der  Kalligraph  oder  die  Kalligraphen,  die  an  ihr 
arbeiteten,  haben  vielleicht  irgendwie  spanische  Schulung  auf  sich  anwirken  lassen. 


§    6. EiNSIEDELN     199,    pp.    473    UND    474.       DiCTA    PrIMINII. 

Litteratur :  Eine  genaue  Beschreibung  der  Hss.  Einsiedeln  199  und  281  gibt  P.  Gabriel  Meier 
im     Catalogtis     Codicum     qui    in    Bibliotheca    Monastcrii    Einsidlensis    servantur, 
Einsidlae,  1899,  pag.  155  sqq.  und  257  sqq. 
[L.  Traube,  Sitzungsberichte  der  Bayer.  Akademie,  1907,  S.  71  ff.] 
\Bilder :  L.  Traube,  loc.  cit.,  tab.  I.] 

Vertrautheit  mit  den  heimischen  Schatzen  und  Liebe  zu  ihnen  haben  dem  Einsiedler 
Bibliothekar  P.  Gabriel  Meier  das  hiibsche  Forschungsergebniss  geschenkt,'  dass  aus  den 
beiden  Einsiedler  Handschriften  199  und  281  folgendes  alte  Homiliar  hergestellt  werden 
kann  : 

Quaternio  I — X  =  281  pag.  i — 148 

X — XV  =  199  pag.  431 — 526 

XVI  (—XVII  ?)  =  281  pag.  149—178. 

Doch  bleibt  die  Frage  offen,  ob  diese  jetzt  getrennten,  im  9.  Jahrhundert  aber 
wahrscheinlich  noch  zusammengebundenen  16  oder  17  Quaternionen  von  vornherein  schon 
fiir  dasselbe    Buch  bestimmt  waren.      Moglich  ist  es,  obgleich  die  Hande  wechseln  und  der 

'  Vgl.  Traube,  loc.  cit.,  pag.  124. 

*  Fiir  den  Nominaiiv  werden  mir  noch  die  Formen  nst  und  ust  angegeben  (vgl.  Perrona  Scotioriim,  pag.  516).  Da 
sie  auf  den  mir  zuganglichen  Abbildungen  und  Photographien  nicht  vorkommen,  so  mochte  ich  sie  vorlaufig  als 
unsicher  weglassen.     [Vgl.  Nomina  sacra,  pag.  224.] 

'  Vgl.  Catalogus  Codtcum,  qui  in  Bibliotheca  Monasterii  Einsidlensis  seivantur,  Einsidlae,  1899,  pp.  155  sqq.  und 
257  sqq. 

FACS.    CREEDS.  H 


50  PALAOGRAPHISCHE    BEMERKUNGEN    VON    LUUWIG    TRAUBE. 

eine  Schreiber  junger  erscheint  als  der  andere  oder  die  andern.  Unser  Stiick  gehort  zu  dem 
Thelle  der  Handschrift,  der  den  altesten  Eindruck  macht. 

Wir  sehen  vor  uns  eine  Schrift,  die  in  einem  grossen  Bezirk  heimisch  war :  in  Chur, 
St.  Gallen,  Reichenau,  in  Murbach,  in  einzelnen  bayerischen  Klostern,  und  zwar  von  der 
Wende  des  8.  zum  9.  Jahrhundert  bis  in  die  ersten  Jahrzehnte  des  9.  Jahrhunderts  hinein.' 
Dazu  stimmt  es  gut,  dass  cod.  199  die  Dicta  Priminii  iiberliefert.  Der  Begriinder  des 
klosterlichen  Lebens  auf  der  Reichenau  und  in  Murbach  kann  leicht  einen  Verbreiter  seines 
Werkchens  gefunden  haben,  der  sich  solcher  Schriftzuge  bediente,  wie  sie  im  alamannischen 
Lande  zu  Hause  waren. 

Es  ist  hier  nicht  der  Ort,  auf  den  eigenthiimlichen  Typus  dieser  Schrift  und  ihren 
Ursprung  einzugehen.  Kurz  erwahnt  sei  nur,  was  sich  jedem  palaographisch  geschulten 
Auge  aufdrangt,  dass  sie  das  Resultat  einer  von  verschiedenen  Seiten  ausgehenden 
Bewegung  ist  :  die  in  Frankreich  sich  entwickelnde  Minuskel  ist  unter  dem  Einfluss  der 
gleichfalls  noch  in  der  Entwickelung  begriffenen  Schule  von  Montecassino  in  eine  eigenartige 
kalligraphische  Richtung  gedrangt  worden. 

Das  von  Pater  Meier  rekonstruierte  Homiliar  ist  alter  als  die  Griindung  der  geistlichen 
Statte,  die  seine  versprengten  Theile  aufgehoben  hat.  Doch  fehlt  es  in  Einsiedeln  auch  sonst 
nicht  ganz  an  Handschriften,  die  denselben  Typus  zeigen.  So  157  Gregorius  in  Ezechieleni 
s.  VIII/IX;  199  pag.  257 — 430  ;  Canones  s.  IX  ;  357  Rufinus,  Historia  ecclesiastica  s.  VIII/IX. 
An  sich  lage  es  nahe,  zu  denken,  dass  diese  Biicher  auf  geradem  Wege  von  der  Reichenau 
nach  Einsiedeln  gekommen  seien.  Aber  ein  spaterer  Eintrag  auf  pag.  452  von  Codex  199  lasst 
an  einen  anderen  Gang  der  Uberlieferung  denken. 

Auf  dieser  Seite  steht  in  Buchstaben  des  angehenden  12.  Jahrhunderts  zwischen 
14  Zeilen  des  Textes,  der  eine  pseudo-Augustinische  Predigt  enthalt,  eine  merkwiirdige 
Interlinearversion  in  einem  offenbar  romanischen  Dialekt.  Pater  Meier  hielt  ihn  fiir  dem 
Spanischen  verwandt ;  ich  wurde,  sobald  ich  auf  einer  Photographic  die  ganze  Stelle  kennen 
lernte,  von  der  P.  Meier  in  seinem  Katalog  nur  ein  kleines  Stiick  veroffentlicht  hatte,  zur 
Meinung  gedrangt,  dass  wir  hier  vielmehr  die  alteste  Probe  eines  rhatoromanischen 
Sprachzweigs  vor  uns  hatten.  Gustav  Grober  belehrte  mich,  dass  der  romanische  Text  die 
Farbung  des  Romontsch  aufweise,  das  im  oberen  Rheinthal  zu  Hause  sei. 

Ich  selbst  hatte  mich  zunachst  auf  die  Schrift  des  Textes  gestiitzt  und  auf  eine 
Beobachtung,  die  mich  schon  in  Perrona  Scottoriim  [Sitzungsberichte,  1900,  S.  514)  dazu 
gefiihrt  hatte,  den  Codex  als  einen  rhatischen  zu  bezeichnen.  Aber  gerade  hieriiber  erlaubt 
mir  jetzt  Pater  Meiers  erneute  freundliche  Hiilfe,  weitere  und  bessere  Auskunft  zu  ertejlen. 
Die  von  ihm  zusammengefiigten  Telle  der  Handschriften  199  und  281  zeigen  auf  dem  Gebiet 
der  Kiirzungen  fast  durchweg  den  Typus  ni  etc.  fiir  nostri  etc.  Als  Nominativ  gehort  dazu 
nr  {=  noster).  Von  Formen  des  Typus  nri  kommt  nur  je  einmal,  wie  es  scheint,  nrm  und 
nr^  vor.  Seltsam  ist  nun,  dass  an  folgenden  Stellen  nsm  statt  nm  oder  nrm  steht :  in 
Codex  199  auf  pag.  432,  445,  473,  474,  481  und  in  Codex  281  auf  pag.  13.  Friiher  habe 
ich  diese  Uberreste  spanischer  Bildung — denn  das  sind  sie  unzweifelhaft — der  besonderen 
Schule  zugewiesen,  in  der  das  Homiliar  geschrieben  wurde.  Es  scheint  mir  jetzt  wegen  der 
Seltenheit  der  spanischen  Formen  in  der  Einsiedler  Handschrift,  woruber  ich  damals  noch 

'  Vgl.  Traube,  Textgeschichte  der  Regula  S.  Benedicti,  S.  54  ( =  652)  und  66  (=  664). 


PALAOGRAPHISCHE    BEMERKUNGEN    VON    LUDWIG   TRAUBE.  51 

nicht  geniigend  unterrichtet  war,  und  vor  allem,  weil  lediglich  der  Accusativ  die  spanische 
Bildung  hat,  viel  wahrscheinlicher  anzunehmen,  dass  die  Vorlage  dieser  Handschrift  von  einem 
spanischen  Kalligraphen  herriihrte.  Man  wird  sich  dabei  zunachst  an  die  Dicta  Priminii 
halten  wollen.  Uber  die  Herkunft  des  Priminius  weiss  man  nichts,  nur  dass  er  nach 
Alamannien  als  peregriims  kam.  Man  deutet  diese  Bezeichnung  auf  seine  Herkunft  aus 
Irland  oder  England.  Darf  aber  nicht  die  Vermuthung  ausgesprochen  werden,  dass  Priminius 
Spanier  war?  dass  der  seltsame  Name  eine  an  Priimts  und  Primigenius  angelehnte 
Umgestaltung  von  Pimenius  (=  not/xeVio9)  ist  ? 

Die  Orthographie  der  Handschrift,  iaberhaupt  die  Sprache  in  den  einzelnen  Bestandtheilen, 
ist  sehr  ungleich  ;  vgl.  Caspari,  Kirchenhistorische  Anecdota,  I  (Christiania  1883),  S.  VHI  ff., 
S.  151  ff.,  S.  215  ff  ;  Caspari,  Eine  Augustitt  falschlich  beigelegte  Honiilia  de  Sacrilegiis 
(Christiania  1886),  S.  52  ff  Zumeist  trifft  man  galHsche,  oder  allgemein  romanische 
Eigenthiimlichkeiten.  Auf  ausschHesslich  spanischen  Ursprung  kann  ich  mit  Sicherheit  nichts 
zuruckfiihren  ;  ressurgere  und  ressurrectio,  wie  immer  in  den  Dicta  Priminii  begegnet,  kann 
ebensogut  spanisch  wie  irisch  sein  ;  kalandae,  wie  immer  geschrieben  wird  und  was  an  sich  in 
einer  lateinischen  Handschrift  nicht  als  Graecismus,  sondern  als  irische  Orthographie  gelten 
konnte,  wird  eher  als  rhatische  Eigenheit  zu  fassen  sein. 


II.     DIE   ABBILDUNGEN    DES    SYMBOLUM    NICAENUM. 

§  I. — Rom  Vatic,  lat.   1322.     Canones. 

Litteratur :  Bethmann,  Archiv  d.  Gesellschaft  fur  altere  deutsche  Geschichtskunde,  XH, 
224  ;  Maassen,  Geschichte  der  Quellen  ....  des  canonischen  Rechis,  I,  737  und 
745  ;  Spicilegium  Casinense,  tom.  I,  a.  1888,  pag.  xxx. 

Bilder :  Leonis  Magni  Opera,  studio  Cacciari  (Romae,  a.  1755),  II,  pag.  Ixv.  Im  Spicileg. 
Casinens.,  tab.  III. 

Die  Hs.  besteht  aus  zwei  Theilen  :  fol.  1-24,  saec.  ix  ;  fol.  25-285,  saec.  vi-vii.  Sie 
stammt  aus  Verona.  Dies  erweisen  nicht  nur  der  Eintrag,  saec.  xv,  de  Verona,  fol.  25,  und 
die  Veronesischen  Aktenstiicke,  die  am  Schluss  nachgetragen  sind  (vgl.  Maassen  y^y,  und 
Amelli  im  Spictleg.  Casinens.,  pag.  xxxii),  wozu  der  Zusammenhang  mit  der  Hs.  von  Novara 
kommt  (Spicileg.,  pag.  xxx),  der  wenigstens  flir  oberitalienische  Heimath  spricht,  sondern  auch 
die  Schrift.  Sie  ist  im  ersten  Theil  der  Hs.  Minuskel  in  dem  Typus,  den  wir  aus  vielen  Hss. 
in  Verona  kennen  und  vielleicht  mit  dem  Veroneser  Archidiaconus  Pacificus  (+  844)  in 
Verbindung  bringen  konnen.  Wie  Pacificus  mit  westfrankischen  Gelehrten  (z.  B.  Hildemarus 
von  Corbie)  in  Zusammenhang  steht,  so  kann  diese  Schrift,  die  alien  italienischen  Charakter 
abgestreift  hat,  wohl  aus  Frankreich  abgeleitet  werden. 

Aber  auch  die  Schrift  des  zweiten  Theiles  gehort  vielleicht  nach  Verona.  Es  ist 
Halbunciale.  Aber  nicht  mehr  die  reine  von  saec.  v  und  saec.  vi,  sondern  die  der  zweiten 
italienischen  Stufe.  Ein  an  die  altere  Halbunciale  gewohntes  Auge  erkennt  den  Unterschied 
sofort  und  braucht  auf  die  einzelnen  Fehler  (z.  B.  ofter  unciales  3  statt  halbuncialem  d)^  nicht 

'  Dagegen  unciales  q  statt  halbuncialem  3  auch  in  alter  Halbunciale.     Verona  LIII  (51)  hat   auch  q;    desgl. 
LIX  (57). 

II    2 


52  PALAOGRAPHISCHE    BEMERKUNGEN    VON    LUDWIG    TRAUBE. 

erst  aufmerksam  gemacht  zu  werden.  Am  deutlichsten  sprechen  auch  hier  die  Abkiirzungen  ; 
peccatory,  mortuory,  uery,  itery  (wo  r  mit  einer  schragen  Fahne  r7i7n  bedeutet),  wie  sie  hier 
z.  B.  vorkommen  (auch  auf  fol.  153"  und  154),  kennt  die  altere  Halbunciale  nicht  ;  aber  ganz 
gleiche  Schrift  mit  eben  solchen  Abkiirzungen  mit  dem  eben  so  gebildeten  Fahnchen  finden 
sich  in  Verona  LI  1 1  (51),  Facundus,  de  tribus  capitulis  und  contra  Mucianum. 

Verona  LI  1 1  (51),  Verona  LIX  (57),  Vatic.  lat.  1322,  konnen  nun  auch  nach  ihrem  Inhalt 
vor  dem  Ende  des  VI.  Jahrhunderts  nicht  geschrleben  sein.  Die  Abfassung  des  gegen 
Mucianus  gerichteten  Werkes  des  Facundus  wird  etwa  aufs  Jahr  571  angesetzt.  Es  muss 
hier  davon  abgesehen  werden,  dass  bei  dem  Namen  des  Verfassers  in  Verona  LI  1 1  (51), 
fol.  288,  scae  mm  steht,  was  Reifferscheid  i^Bibliotheca patrum  latt.  italica,  I,  55)  gewiss  richtig 
als  sanctae  memoriae  deutet,  weil  ein  solcher  Zusatz  gelegentlich  bei  Lebenden  vorkommt. 
Immerhin  ist  Verona  LI  1 1  (51)  natiirHch  nicht  das  Original. 

Die  Canones  in  Verona  LIX  (57)  enthalten,  wie  Maassen  (loc.  cit.,  pag.  763)  zeigt,  als 
jiingstes  Stiick  die  Akten  des  Concils  von  Chalcedon  in  der  Ausgabe  des  Rusticus.  Die 
Hs.  kann  also  nicht  vor  a.  550  entstanden  sein. 

Dieselbe  Bemerkung  gilt  von  Vatic,  lat.  1322,  da  die  Hs.  in  ihrem  halbuncialen  Theil  die 
Canones  des  Concils  von  Chalcedon  ja  auch  in  der  Ausgabe  des  Rusticus  enthalt. 

Verona  LIX   (57)  und  Vatic,  lat.  1322  sind  wohl  die  altesten  Hss.  der  Bearbeitung  des 
Rusticus,   aber  keineswegs  ist  eine  oder  die  andere  der  Stammvater  unserer  Uberlieferung, , 
vielmehr  sind    beide   nun   Ableger,  da  sie  die  sonst  erhaltenen  Anmerkungen  des  Rusticus 
weglassen. 

Eigenthiimlich  beriihrt  den  Palaographen  in  Mitten  der  Halbunciale  von  Vatic,  lat.  1322 
der  Gebrauch  der  Capitalis,  und  zwar  einer  schlechten,  ungeschickten,  die  auch  fiir  ein 
jijngeres  Alter  der  Hs.  spricht.  Der  Schreiber  verwendet  sie  nicht  nur  fur  Uberschriften, 
sondern  auch  fiir  Anfange  und  Hervorhebungen. 


§  2. — Toulouse  364  (I,  63),  Fol.  4,  4",   104,    104". 

Litteratur :  Zu  vergleichen  ist  Catalogue  Gdndral  des  Manuscrits  des  Bibliotheqjies  Publiques 
des  Ddpartements  (alte  Serie),  VII,  203  sqq.  ;  Maassen,  Geschichte  der  Quellen  des 
canonischen  Rechts,  I,  592  (wegen  der  Hs.  von  Albi)  ;  vor  Allem  C.  H.  Turner, 
Journal  of  Theological  Studies,  II  (1901),  266-273. 

Bild :  Ein  ganz  ungeniigendes  Facsimile  bei  F.  Schulte,  Iter  Gallicum,  Sitzungsberichte  der 
Wiener  A kademie,  Phil. -hist.  Classe,  LIX  (1868),  422,  Facsimile  V. 

Dass  wir  uns  bei  dieser  Hs.  nicht  mit  der  allgemeinen  Angabe  :  Unciale  der  Verfallszeit, 
zu  begniigen  brauchen,  wird  einzig  einem  glanzenden  Funde  C.  H.  Turners  verdankt. 

Turner  erkannte,  dass  Toulouse  364  (=  T)  und  Paris  lat.  8901  (=  P)  urspriingliche 
Bestandtheile  einer  und  derselben  grossen  kanonistischen  Hs.  sind.  Er  erkannte  aber  ferner, 
dass  wir  in  einer  viel  jiingeren  Hs.,  Albi  2  (=  A),  eine  Abschrift  der  urspriinglichen  Hs. 
besitzen,  die  genommen  wurde  als  diese  noch  nicht  auseinandergerissen  war.  Aus  A  ersehen 
wir  auch,  welche  Bestandtheile  der  urspriinglichen  Hs.  nicht  mehr  im  Original  vorhanden  sind  ; 
denn  es  ist  A  =  T  +  P  +  jr.     Dieses  x  nun,  das  in  A,  wenn  auch  erst  in  einer  Abschrift  des 


/ 


PALAOGRAPHISCHE    BEMERKUNGEN    VON    LUDWIG   TRAUBE.  53 

9.  Jahrhunderts,  vorhanden  ist,  verhilft  unter  anderm  zu  einer  so  genauen  Datirung  und 
Lokalisirung  von  T  and  P,  dass  wir  bei  kaum  einer  Hs.  derselben  Epoche  besser  gestellt  sind. 

Es  heisst  namlich  auf  fol.  177"  von  Albi  2  :  "  Ego  Perpetuus  quamuis  indignus  presbyter/ 
iussus  a  domino  meo  Didone  urbis  Albi/gensium  episcopum  (epm  cod^  hunc  librum 
canonum/scripsi.  Post  incendium  civitatis  ip/sius  hie  liber  recuperatus  (re  in  loco  raso,  peratus 
superscr.  cod.)  fuit  deo  auxiliante  (auxiliant  cod.)l  sub  die  VIII  (VIII  superscr.  cod.)  Kl.  Ag. 
ann.  II II  regnante  (regnant  cod.)  domini  nostri  Childerici  reg." 

Diese  Subscription  kann  sich,  wie  man  schon  friiher  gesehen  hatte,  auf  die  junge  Hs.  A 
nicht  beziehen  ;  sie  muss  sich,  wie  erst  Turner  festgestellt  hat,  auf  das  Original  von 
A  beziehen,  also  auf  T  und  P.  Die  Toulouse  Hs.  ist  also  geschrieben  von  einem  Presbyter 
Perpetuus  auf  Befehl  des  Bischofs  Dido  von  Albi,  von  dem  wir  sonst  leider  nichts  naheres 
wissen.  Bis  scripsi  hatte  Perpetuus  selbst  diese  Angabe  gemacht.  Die  Worte,  die  nun  folgen, 
waren  im  Original  von  A  von  einer  spateren,  wahrscheinlich  in  Kursive  schreibenden  Hand 
hinzugefiigt  worden.  Sie  besagen,  dass  man  die  Hs.  (den  Liber  Canonum,  wie  Perpetuus 
gesagt  hatte)  nach  einem  Brande  der  Stadt  Albi,  von  dem  wir  wieder  nur  aus  dieser 
Subscriptio  erfahren,  am  25.  Juli  666  oder  667'  wiedererlangt  hat.  Also  T  ist  alter  als 
666  oder  667. 

Wir  haben  nun  aber  noch  eine  Grenze  der  andern  Seite.  In  A  findet  sich  auch  eine 
Papstliste,^  die  in  T  und  P  fehlt.  Auch  sie  muss  im  Original  des  Liber  Canonum  gestanden 
haben.  Wahrend  sonst  die  Jahre,  Monate  und  Tage  der  einzelnen  Regierungszeiten  in 
dieser  Liste  verzeichnet  werden,  hat  Gregorius  (der  Grosse),  mit  dem  die  Liste  schliesst, 
statt  der  richtigen  Angabe  : 

Gregorius  sed.  an.  XII L  mens  II.  d.  X 

die  falsche  und  unvollstandige 

Gregorius  sed.  an.  LXV. 

Hieraus  darf  man  folgern — und  ist  von  Duchesne  und  Turner  richtig  gefolgert  worden — dass 
der  Liber  Canonum  geschrieben  wurde,  nachdem  Papst  Gregor  zur  Herrschaft  gekommen 
war.  Mit  Turner  also  konnen  wir  jetzt  sagen  :  die  Hs.  Toulouse  364  wurde  zu  Albi,  in  der 
Nahe  von  Toulouse,  geschrieben,  zwischen  den  Jahren  ca.  600  und  666. 

Zu  dieser  Fixirung  passt  aufs  beste  die  Art  der  Unciale  undeinige  in  Kursive  geschriebene 
Worte  (P,  fol.  28  und  35)  und  die  Art  der  Kurzung.  Turner  hat  schon  darauf  hingewiesen, 
dass  der  Gebrauch  des  Compendiums  l\xr  per  in  einer  Form,  die  sonst  i\i.r  pro  verwendet  wird, 
die  spanische  Nachbarschaft  verrath.  Bildungen  des  Genetivus  Pluralis  wie  :  eportn,  diacorm, 
prbtrorm,  scrm  werden  auch  daher  gerechnet  werden  konnen,  Wenn  fol.  104  omoysion  durch 
einen  Strich  ausgezeichnet  wird,  so  sei  erinnert,  dass  es  allgemeine  Regel  war,  griechische  und 
liberhaupt  fremdsprechliche  Worter  (z.  B.  auch  hebraische)  in  dieser  Weise  von  ihrer 
lateinischen  Umgebung  abzuheben. 

'  Uber  diese  Zahlen,  die  sich  auf  die  Datirungen  von  Krusch  und  Havet  stiitzen,  vgl.  Duchesne,  Fastes  Episcopaux, 
II,  43,  and  Turner,  loc.  cit,  pag.  272.  Mir  scheint  wahrscheinlich,  dass  das  genaue  Datum  zugleich  den  Tag  des 
Brandes  und  der  Errettung  der  Bibliothek  aus  diesem  Brande  ergibt. 

"  Vgl.  Duchesne,  Liber  Potitificalis,  I,  27;  Mommsen,  Liber  Pontificalis,  I,  xxxix. 


X. 


FACSIMILES    AND     TRANSCRIPTS. 


NOTE. 

The  transcripts  which  accompany  the  plates  have  been 
prepared  and  revised  by  Mr.  J.  P.  Gilson  of  the  British  Museum. 
They  are  intended  to  furnish  such  assistance  in  the  examination 
of  the  plates  as  may  be  of  service  to  a  reader  not  accustomed  to 
the  difficulties  which  some  of  the  early  MSS.  present. 

Capital  letters  have  been  used  for  the  initials  of  proper  names. 

,  The  punctuation  has  been  treated  with  some  freedom,  but  every 
stop  in  the  transcript  represents  some  mark  of  punctuation  in  the 
MS. 

Square  brackets  [  ]  have  been  used  for  words  or  letters  which 
are  not  now  to  be  seen  in  the  MS.,  and  in  a  few  cases  for 
accidental  omissions  by  the  scribe. 

Angular  brackets  ^  ^  are  employed  to  mark  an  addition  or 
change  apparently  later  than  the  original  writing  of  the  first  hand. 

A  few  special  points  are  dealt  with  in  footnotes. 


PLATE  I. 


est  deus  quoniam  ipse  fecit  nos  et  non  ipsi  nos,   credi- 
mus    quia    in    hac    clarissima    tuba    omnes    inprobitas 

COnquiescat.                     deus  uos  incolumes  custodiat  fratres  karissimi. 
xxxviii.  dat.  x  kalendas  Septembres.  Filio    Paulino    a 

EXEMPLVM  EFISTOLAE  DOMINI  CYPRIANI EPISCOPI 

TELONENSIS  AD  SANCTUM  MAXIMUM  EPISCOPUM  lENAUENSIM. 
T|OMNO     SEMPER     SUO     MAXIMO     EPISCOPO     CYPRIANVS      EPISCOPVS 

Peruenit   ad    paruitatem   meam    quod    beatitude 
uestra    inpiritiam    nostram    iudicet    esse    culpandam 
eo  quod  deum  hominem  passum  dixerim.  sed  si  uel  apos- 
tholi     sententias    adtendites,    uel    patrum    testimonia 
consideratis,     uel     etiam     symbuli     textum     diligenter 
scrutari    iubetes,    puto    quod    et    ipsi    hoc    iuxta    fidem 
rectam     quod    fatemur    debeatis    recipere     et    praedi- 
care,    quia    sicut    credimus    ex    uirgine    deum    natum 
et    ipsum   hominem   deum    factum,   ita    et   credi- 
mus     crucifixum,      dicente      apostholo,     ex     quibus 
Christus  secundum  carnem,  qui  est  super  omnia  deus  bene- 
dictus    in    saecula,    et    post    aliquanta    istum    quem    deum 
esse    benedictum    in    saecula    dixit,     audi     quid    de 
eo     credendum     doceat,     si     enim     confite<a>ris     inquid 
in  ore  tuo  dominum    lesum  et  credediris  in  corde  tuo 
quia     deus     ilium     suscitauit     a    mortuis    saluus    eris 
utique     quem     dominum     ore     confiteris      corde 
suscitatum      a     mortuis     credere     omnino     iuberis. 
et     alibi,      ludaei      signa     petunt     Graeci     sapientiam 
quaerunt,     nos     uero     praedicamus     Christum      lesum 
et     hunc     crucifixum,     ipsis     uero     uocatis      ludaeis 


Cod.  Colon.   212  (Darmstad.   2326)  fol.    113  recto. 


<  WE/m!riST-50An-Cf  PRiANl  EFT 


1 


coq'uo  J' Irn4)on)i Nt-mp jirfcin:  Jixer  1^  ffe-in  ic^^^j^\or 


tut  c  »i  u.TumcxVrvor-rtju  crccicr^e-QTrit^ii  r40Uit'>cr^^^^ 
CTViut-iccr<icip4vum{prifuc-roLioccJLTinuJucii 


4» 


Cod.  Colon.  212  (Darmstad.  2326),  fol.  113 


•        »  « 


« 1  ■  « 


II 


peet um  .  t ec,i mur^cLlefi oum Jm aio unNem<xJ.:| u i 
frttltn  'Lc^J^mu^cl^lap1e^lT^ameldNtr)c;lon1oLe 

/^*M  oru  TpJfn\itlcaHnn^nr>cAj^<Jou:or^uJ^OfcroL, 


cica:trMcuYY^ujf'rK.K)LcoMar-et^u.tiic  rU?hwt>icjo 
n^ tlJt c^o^tnoiporchol a uet  ua en  lire    cci--cei>-m 


Cod.  Colon.  212  (Darmstad.  2326),  fol.  113^'. 


PLATE     II. 

ep[isto]le. 

adque    Graecis   Christum   dei   uirtutem  et   dei    sapientiam. 
aduerte    quia    quern    crucifixum    dixit  ipsum    dei    sapien- 
tiam   confitetur.      adhuc    apertius    audi     apostholum 
protestantem.     si     enim     inquid     cognouissent,    num- 
quam    dominum    gloriae    crucifixissent.     et    in    Actibus 
beatus     Petrus      ludaeis,     petistes     inquid     uirum     hu- 
micidam     donari      nobis,      auctorem      uero      uitae     in- 
terfecistes.       sed      inibi      beatus       Paulus,       adtendite 
inquid  nobis  et  uniuerso  graeci'    in  quo  nos   spiritus  sanctus 
posuit    episcopus    regere    ecclesiam    dei,    quam    adque- 
siuit    sanguine     suo.     legimus     auctorem     uitae     inter- 
fectum,     legimus      ecclesiam      dei      sanguinem      adqui- 
sitam,     legimus     dei    sapientiam     et    dominum     gloriae 
crucifixum,    et     negauimus    hominem     deum     passum, 
cum    alibi    dicat    apostholus,    deus  erat  in    Christo   mundum 
reconcilians     sibi.      illud      etiam      euidens      testimo- 
nium  est    quod    Thomas    apostholus    post    resurre- 
xionem    domini    ad    confirmanda    corda    nostra 
de   eodem    domino   passo    inspectis    cicatricibus    adque 
palpatis    sit    professus,    deus    inquid   mens  et  dominus  meus. 
utique    postquam     clauorum     signa    perspexit,     et 
cicatricum      uistigia      contrectauit,      sic      banc      uo- 
cem     credulitatis    emisit.     et     si    apostholi    hoc     dixe- 
runt      quare      me     ueneratorem     uestrum      reprae- 
hendites    cum     apostholis     uera    sentire.     certe     sym- 
bolum    quod    et    tenemus    et    credimus    hoc    conti- 
nit.      Credo    in     deum     patrem     omnipotentem      credo 
et  in  lesum  Christum  filium  eius,  unigenitum  dominum  nostrum, 
ecce    explicitae    sunt    persone     patris     et     filii     secun- 
dum    deitatem.     quid     uero     pro    redemptione     nostra 

1  leg.  gregi. 
Cod.  Colon.    212  (Darmstad.    2326)  fol.    113  verso. 


PLATE    III. 

Sancti  Cypriani  episcopi. 


filius  unigenltus  deus  egerit,  audi  quod  sequitur. 
Qui  conceptus  de  spiritu  sancto,  natus  ex  Maria  uirgine  utique 
subaudis    unigenitus    deus,    quia    non    aliam    nomenasti 
personam,    passus    inquid    sup    Pontio    Pilato,    qui    utique 
filius    unigenitus    deus,    crucifixus    et    sepultus,    qui    ni- 
hilominus    unigenitus    deus,     tertia    die    resurrexit 
a  mortuis,     ascendit     in    caelos    sedet    ad    dexteram 
patris,    inde    uenturus    iudicaturus    uiuis    ac     mortu- 
os,    qui    utique    quern    superius    es    confessus,    filius    unige- 
nitus   est.    et    quia    haec    omnia    secundum    hominem 
quem     inamissibiliter     et    aeternaliter     sumpsit     ex 
uirgine,     passus    creditur     deus,     quia    ipse     homo     factus 
est    deus,     euangelista    dicente,     et    uerbum    caro    factum 
est    et     habitauit    in     nobis,     miror     quare    fidem     meam 
in     hac    parte,     si     tamen     uirum    est    repraehendire 
uoluistes,     quia     sicut     nee     in      natura     sua     pati      potuit 
deitas,     ita     nee     in     uniuersum     mundum     a     captiuita- 
te    diaboli    sola    liberare    potuissit    humanitas. 
sed    per    unitatem    personae,     ita    filius    hominis    dice- 
batur    in    caelo    esse    cum    essit    in    terris.     sicut    dominus 
gloriae     in     terris     crocem     creditur     pertulisse       cum 
sene     dubio     non     diuinitatis     substantiam,     sed     huma- 
nitas   in    deum    adsumptam    pertulerit.    sicut    ait    quidam 
doctissimos    miro     quodam     inquid     et    incogitabilis 
modo    passus   est  deus,   et   non   est    passa  diuinitas,    et  alius 
de  domino  ita  dixit,  quem   in  croces  mortem  dominum  ma- 
iestatis    agnoscimus,    et    in    gloria    diuinitatis    deum 
hominem     confitemur,     legite     etiam     inmo     relegi- 
te   quia    non    dubito    uos    legisse    beati    confessores    He- 
lari    libros,    et   ibi    euidenter   agnoscites    eum    contra  here- 

ticos 


Cod.  Colon.  212.  (Darmstad.   2326)  fol.    114  recto. 


fe 


fj.- 


III 


"W  V 


phtifiihMqeT^iautdr  CT^Jcipivutt'cit.pulTUt- vV.fiMi 
HlLoTy^^^^uT'u^41^c^^'l urjo  <rei"'MctdKi  efur-T^X"' ' 

orc|uiuiiv^  qneT*>foptTi'^tt^'eoH^cffCn^piLiufoM., 
HKUtctt    CivuncAj^aLecommcLiecuMcltiinKoTmNcrrN 

aiTXj^TMe  paTfafcr^J^TUi^clr  cjiJiaiipt^.lu)Tnopuu^i:i^^ 

jf^hcxcptxTxe-rix^caneMun  arrjufa  r^T)TSAdbewJn  e- ' 
UoLuiItcT- qu lOLficcJf  Nt  ciM HOL'i  UT  cxf uLXpcA'tipoTurr 
4eiTcjJ^iTcxweciwiJMiucr<UTnTy>UNJiiTntxcu.pcTU?Tix 
'Cist^lfaliolirottJkLfUcrtM  epo'tuirrr'xf>nTr>cAMi  tcif       ' 
feiJ|  K?  mn  oxaerripci  foMGie  iTcxpiljurfioTmHifclicc 
t»cxi  iiT-j  ^  I  (wcLoefffecurn  efTT-i  iMtenr  it  •  ficu  x  JiTr 
cLor  ?(jitM  N'reT^i^ircr^oct^ncT^ecliTTUtrpeT'L  til  !f  feoT 
feHeJLi[o!oMONc|iuiHn.AT:iffu(:,RuLH'iniiir>-feJViUTnc', 
NVxaf^HdrVS u.<.lt{JTr>p'ccxTy^[iei"'c ulet-ii  fTcm «juxrcjuicla: 
c«ocYtTT>ootrir>iTM)quoci^vTniMqLiu!e'riNeut'iTaioiLir 

TrK^dopoitcitl^clreTr^oHtM 

MetlNoirodyiMT  c|Ut"noiNcr^ocelrnonTtTrn<JHrrvTr>a^ 

noTniHCTncoNun  tnoi  jr  .Lectaeeaiocipi Nmot-e  Icc^i 


'  ■'-J<^^^i^'-A. 


Cod.  Colon.  212  (Darmstad.  2326),  fol.  114 


I"-* 


IV 


l^ 


,JcCl.>iMiT,<iuJu-v;Ctluio>  .vcT1^oV.Tuo1' 


;7f 


^^•*    .11  J       ■  ^     "    >        • 

f.v.  ^>3<rtinhctn»iiu«4«.vtril'tvccert'p«<'c4»cc-tiij'ft  "^ 

.     .  / 

■:  / 


rsFSEsraPBHSTn^ 


lUOc) 


uol^tri 


T«1 


f  ill  ti*eiu  i"  U  Kt  ^-etsi  i<rwV<?tr>  pi 
frV  ;  "^^^-^di^^^C^^oU  CA.: 


Cod.  Bernensis  N.  643,  fol.  72 


Cod.  Paris,  lat.  13246,  fol.  88 


PLATE    IVa. 


PLATE    IVb. 


Credo  in  deo  patrem  omnipotentem.   Et  in  lesum 
Christum,  filium  eius, 
Unicum  dominum  nostrum, 
Natum  de  spirito  sancto  et  Maria  uirgine, 
Passus  sup  Pontic  Pilato, 
Crucefixum,  et  sepultum  discendit  ad  inferos, 
Tercia  die  resurrexit  ad  mortuis, 
AJscendit  ad  caelos,   sedit  ad  dexteram  patris, 
IJnde   uenturus  iudicare   uiuos  ac   mortuos. 
Credo  in  spiritu  sancto, 

Sancta  ecclesia  chatolica  remissionem  peccatorum, 
Carnis  resurrectionis,   in  uitam  aeternam.    amen. 

IINCIPIT  TRACTATVS  ORDINIS 

Cum  omnis  apostuli  de  hunc  mundum  transissent 
p]er  universum  orbem  diuersa  erant  ieiunia  nam 
]omnis  Gallii  unum  diem  anniuersarium  viii  kal.  apr. 
pjascha  tenebunt,  dicentis,  quid  nobis  est  necesse  ad 
lu]nae  conpotum  cum  ludaeis  facere  pascha,  ut  se- 
cu]ndum  domini  natalem  quocumque  die  uenerit  viii.  kal. 


(audita  symbolum  |  ) 
quod  uobis  hodie  materno 
ore  sancta  catholica  tradedit 
aeclesia     Credo  in  deum  pa- 
trem omnipotentem  creatorem  celi 
et  terrae     Credo  in  lesu  Christo 
filium  eius  unigenitum  sempi- 
ternum     Conceptum  de  spiritu 
sancto  natum  ex  Maria  uirgene 
Passus  sub  Poncio  Pilato 
crucifixum  mortuum  et  sepul- 
tum    Discendit  ad  infer- 
na  tercia  die  resurrexit 
a  mortuis     Ascendit  ad 
celos  sedit  ad  dexteram  dei 
patris  omnipotentis     Inde  uen- 
turus iudicare  uiuos  et 
mortuos     Credo  in  sancto 
spiritu  sancta  aeclesia  catolica 
Sanctorum  comunione  remis- 
sione  peccatorum  carnis 
resurreccioniem  uitam 
aeternam  amen. 


Cod.   Bernensis  N.  645  fol.  72  recto. 


Cod.   Paris,  lat.   13246  fol.  88  recto. 


PLATE    V. 


et     salutem     nostram     con- 
lationem     fidei     et     gratia 
professione       mistirii 
memoriam    mstrueris 
conmendandum     sed     lam 
ad      istius      sacrament! 
plenitudmem    textumque 
ueniamus  quod  m   hoc 
modo.      mcipit. 

Credo  m  deum  patrem 
omnipotentem  creatori  c^li  et 
terre.   Et  m  lesum  Christum  fi- 
hum  ems,  unicum  dommum 
nostrum.      Qui       conceptus 


Cod.  Vat.   Pal.  493  fol.    16  recto. 


eT5  ;\Imip«i^nos'^'^-^'  CP^ 
lA-nowe  poei  ctc^katiA 
piuypcssioMe  imsTiiui 

tne  Ol  Ol  vl  A 1  MSTRtlC  1  u  s 

coNineKic>Awt>(  nr>  seO  iaod 

AI>STnuSSAC  KACllCMTl 

pLEmTllT>lNett>TeA:^t^cl ' 
tiewiAttiLis  uuoT)iwlx>c 

Cr>OC>0'      INCipiT\^ 

i^  HOSTKcFQciicioiaceptur 


I 
I 


-•S 


Cod.  Palat.  lat.  493,  fol.  16 


VI 


p 


avvKiAciiuqiNe  pAsscis 
sciBj3omion,| A^^  Q,,(, 

ci|:iAci.sfnoi;-iucLst-iso 

pul.Tcis^TcuciAt^mKescr 
KtiVirrAcnoivixiis  r^c(^K, 

ArjiT>e\1T'  K,\tt>  Wl  pATK^is 

ciew?it!ucis  icif>icAKeciicio 

CTir»0K«l£10S    £Kec>oiN 

^COSlUl  siAecl  ISIA  cxiUo 
^  OMG:  ABKCflllSSSOWC  npc 


Cod.  Palat.  lat.  493,  fol.  16  v. 


PLATE    VI. 


est  de  spiritu  sancto  Natus  ex 
Maria     uirgine     Passus 
sub    Pontic    Pilato    Cru- 
cifixus     mortuus     et     se- 
pultus     Tercia     die     resur- 
rexit     a     mortuis     Ascen- 
dit    uictor    ad    celos    Sedit 
ad  dexteram  dei  patris 
omnipotentis      Inde 
uenturus    ludicare    uiuos 
et    mortuos    Credo    m 
sancto  spiritu  sancta  eclisia  catho- 
lica  sanctorum  communi- 
onem     abremissione    pec- 

catorum 


Cod.  Vat.   Pal.  493  fol.    16  verso. 


PLATE    VII. 


Carnis    resurreccionem 
uitam    aeternam. 
Simbulum    istud    dilec- 
tissimi     non    atramento 
depingetur    sed    huma- 
nis    cordibus    insertum 
memoria    retenetur.  <^Cre[do]^ 

Tterato    uobis    repeti- 
mus    quo    facilius    eum 
tenire  possitis  <^Cre[do])>  Cre- 
do   in    deum    patrem    et    quia 
lex    nostre    fidei    in    tri- 
nitate    consistit.     Ter- 
cio    repetimus    ut    ipse 

Cod.  Vat.   Pal.  493  fol.    17  recto. 


\ 


VII 


(^AixHisixi:iinKixrcc:io>ie 

cinAa^AfitrKMAin 
'^ici^iicilciHi  is'Lt  lO  oiLec 

DcpiwtyCTLiii  seolxunA 

MIS  COl^Ol  BUS  IMSCHvl tr 
Q-^etr^OKlAlvtzTENr'ltlK  ] <^f' 
*1EKAT«Cll>BlSKepeiI 

o>us  quoFAfTiLitisetun 
TEwiKe  possiTiS'-   ^  ue 
?K>iisir>«S  pArrruz  cTucnA 
Lev  NpsTi^jie  i^itjei  In'i.ri  ; 


•- 1-* 


Cod.  Palat.  lat.  493,  fol.  17 


» • *  >»      »  *a  >» 


VIII 


I  '  +  -    1  '^ 

.*RCA-Tiiii.JV  sc«3ps  JCRCA-Ki^i  Cidem   cauikCHa^orzrs    iu^«:»ca.«Oi«yii/* 
Tircocor^oe     concevtit-  SiAntrntfutr'  \ier\xm  ctmue*— lATionem  mn 
cbain   oui-ntTjeri'Titr    -ueVirtctxe-  inlutninAT  Aj^cecSir*.*- Stisci 

r      I  I       '^ 

vt- po-cd^    SMitMcmtV caiT'ciir'  utr   SdrjbiTP-    t*«>npcrytfl  |.TTi-a.pi«M 

1 '  -  J^   I ''  \         \       '^^    ?  -    V 

Qr-reMeus  ^^coLitus    mANumsup  c^iur  pueRj  oic  SiroibuLM  liocOe 

\      .  iCT    \^   '    -!  ■  -^  I 


"1 


CArtf^r*Ott:>  r^'r    g^tvei^o  iMOm     nt.vrKe-  otrypr 


I       ^^    1 
»b<ri  jcm»i     cili 


Jtten»t»? 


rt5p-C"t'eA-    de^pu  SCO     WA-TUf  ^<*>-VTVlA.  XJIR^IMCr, 

^^^IMpe-R.T%»i-    •Oct-*.- Ol^   RjCSl«K.Rj«2>3>C^Vfr»ORTUIS      A-SCCtM^I-T-Jk^OClR^ 

IrtJS    SeOiT.A^  ^<?xr-rcfi-ak.  ^rpATTCiS-  orr»pTi«s  .  /MoeueNrunus   lu 

\  'r\     '       -    -      I    - 


1 


• 


$  sV-ty 


Cod.  Paris,  lat.  12048,  fol.  181 


PLATE    VIII. 

uenerabilis    pasch^    lauare    baptismatis    renascentes    sicut   sancti 
omnes  meriamini  fidelis  munus  infantiae  a  Christo  domino  nostro  perficere 

.    .  et  dicit 

•qui  uiuit  et  regnat  in  saecula  saeculorum  et  digit  praefactionem  simboli.      praefacione 

synboli 

Dilectissimi  nobis  accepturi   sacramenta  baptismatis   et  in    nouam 
creaturam  sancti  spiritus  procreandi  fidem  quam  credentes  iustificandi  estis 
toto  corde  concepite  et  animis  uestris  ueram   conuersationem   mu- 
tatis ad  deum   qui  timentium  uestrarum  est   inluminator  accedite  susci- 
pientes  euangelici  symbuli  sacramentum  a  domino  inspiratum  ab  apostolis 
institutum     cuius    pauca    quidem     uerba     sunt     sed     magna    misteria. 
sanctus  et^nim  spiritus  qui  magistris  ^cclesiae  ista  dictauit  tali  eloquio 
tali     briuitate    salutiferam    condit    fidem    ut    quod    credendum    nobis 
est    semperque    proficiendum   nee    intelligentiam  possit  latere    nee 
memoriam    fatigare,        Intentis    itaque    animis    symbulum    discites, 
et  quod  uobis  sicut  accipimus  tradimus  non  alicni  materiae  que  corrum- 
pi  potest  sed  paginis  cordis   uestris  scribite.      confessio   itaque  fidei 
-quam     suscipitis     hoc     incoatur     exordium     et     tenens     acolitvs  acofuur 

unum    ex  ipsis  infantibus  mascolo   in    sinistro    brachyo    et    interrogat 
■ei  presbyter  qua  lingua  confitetur  dominum  nostrum  lesum  Christum,  Respondit  acolitus 
Latina.     iterum  dicit  presbyter  adnuncia  fidem  ipsorum  qualiter  credunt. 
et  tenens  acolitus  manum  super  caput  pueri  dicit  symbulum  hoc  de- 
-cantando,       I        redo  in  deum  patrem  omnipotentem,  creatore  celi 
et  terre,  et  in  lesum  Christum  filium  eius  unicum  dominum  nostrum,  Qui  con- 
■ceptus    est    de    spiritu    sancto    natus    ex     Maria  uirgine,    Passus   sub 
Pontio       Pilato       crucefixus       mortuus       et       sepultus,       Discendit 
-ad      inferna     tertia     di^     resurrexit     a     mortuis     ascendit     ad      c^- 
lus    sedit   ad    dexteram    dei    patris    omnipotentis,    Inde    uenturus    iu- 
dicare  uiuos  et  mortuus.     Credo  in  spiritum  sanctum  sanctam  ^cclesiam 
<:atholicam    sanctorum    conmunionem    remissionem    peccatorum    carnis 


resurrectionem.     uitam  eternam.     amen,     [itervm  alter] 

acolitus  tenens  similiter  feminam  et  interrogat  ei  presbyter  qua  lingua 

Cod.  Paris,  lat.   No.    12048  fol.   181   recto. 


iterum 
alter 


PLATE     IX. 

seruitio  tuo  impleatur  auxilium  per  seqvitvr  benedictio 

JLyomine  sanct^  pater  omnipotens  aeterne  deus  spiritallum  sanctificator,  te  suppliciter 
deprecamur   ut    ad    hoc    misterium    humilitatis    nostrg    respicere 
digneris    super    has    abluendis    et    uiuficandis     hominibus    praepa- 
ratas    angelorum     sancti<    >tatis    emittas    quo    peccatis    uite 
prions    abluti    reatuque    deterso    purum    sancto    spiritu   habitaculum 
regeneratis    pro    currit  per   dominum. 

JZLrXorcizo  te  creatura  aque  in   nomine  dei  patris  omnipotentis  et   in 
caritatem    lesu    Christi    fili    §ius    et    spiritus    sancti,      J^xorcizo    te 
ut    omnis    uirtus    aduersarii    omnis    incursio     Satan^ 
et    omnis    fantasma    h^radicare    et     effugare    ab    hac    cre- 
atura   aqu^,     ut     fiat     fons     salientis     in     uitam     ^ternam 
et  qui  ex  ea  baptizatus  fu^rit  fiat  templum  dei  uiui  et  spiritus  sanctus 
habitit    in    ^o,    in    remissionem    omnium    peccatorum    per   dominum 
nostrum    lesum   Christum  qui  uenturus   est  iudicare  uiuos   et  mortuus 
et    saeculum    per    ignem    et    insufflat    in   iiii  °''  uitibus    inde    mit- 
tit     crisma     in     modum     crucis     in     ipsa     aqua,     et     cum- 
miscitat  eam  cum  ipsa  aqua,   et  interrogat  presbyter   dicit  illi 
V_^redis  in  deum  patrem  omnipotentem.  respondet,  credo,  iterum  dicit, 
credis  et  in  lesum  Christum  filium  ^ius,  unicum  dominum  nostrum  qui  con- 
ceptus  est   de  spiritu  sancto,   natus  ex   Maria  uirgine,  passus  sub 
Pontio     Pilato    crucifixus    mortuus    et     sepultus     dis- 
cendit    ad    inferna    tercia   die,    resurrexit   a  mortuis    ascen- 
dit  ad  c^lus  sedit  ad  dexteram  dei  patris  omnipotentis  inde  uenturu[s] 
iudicare  uiuos    et    mortuos.    respondet,    credo,    et    iterum  dicit, 
credis  in  spiritum  sanctum,  sanctam  ^ccl^siam  chatolicam,  sanctorum  conmu- 
nionem    remissionem    peccatorum    carnis    resurrectionem 
uitam    ^ternam.    respondet,    credo,    et    excepit   ^um    in    manus    suas 
et    baptizat   ^um    sub    trinam    mersionem,    tantum    sanctam    trinitatem 
simel    inuocans    ita    dicendo. 

Cod.   Paris,  lat.   No.   12048  fol.   191   verso. 


IX 


y^^K  ^ri^ SCfir.  pAfrcmpr'  .V'r**eclK   SPI'T^iW SclntCVT    Ti^supplic 

dt^neru^B   SMPh.\S3.bl^ld^^4«.^•.v  AiiiuiniCAric/ir- hoin»*»iL,   pp 

iff  I 


rtvtiv-r  tvn<;«ofX  ffci'/'^cafnir  e»ni»r"r-\j»  cTM^prc cvrir  Mi-rt?      ♦ 

If  '     X  -         -  L  -T  f  I        I      i 


t 


f 

Ctvp-r^vat**"  ihuA-pi  piii  .eiur*   &TSps  sci^  ]tT,x«»R.ci^c»-iv 
Aornr^  n.vM-r.vsrr»j<.  |iy^tiA.«iCA.R.e;  &eppu4j<3crv-  ^Lh^vcc 


:Rje- 


^: 


H    .  ce 


^rdm  ni^nA»i  £»-.T  iMi?iippt.-Vt- IM- /111-  vii'ilU;  /Ki^i'iT>i<r 

•    -  /         '  -I '  \  '  71    ■ 

€'  J  !  r      ^'^         -'V         V  '-V  ^ 

ceprns  *»  cicspu  ^co   hattus  e?»eo>AiHA  -viin^iMe.  pAf-^iisSub 

'        I    '  F      \ 

pONTiopil'Vra    cfiMCipi^Mf  «v»oiVTMur  eT"*»t^Ml-rMir*  t»»ir 

CCM^lTANlMCrRNA    •TTIAHiy-.   K^SMKK^   A<T»Ofl.Tllir  A^Cen 

*r|iT  «rtr!c/*I"S  Scc/rt  AcUe^-reKAc/rpATHira'wp'nr:  iNdf t<Ar«^r»£ 

J  -\'      \   '         -v  •• 

lUcllCAR.tr  uiUiU    e^rr»ORJXXioT-  RDO- <^R0%>0.   e«II'lVl*»l   oil'        y 
CK«f«.7ir  ll>i:»pt»>.SC«r>    3CAO♦,4^Ccl-C■S»A  fhA-Ti'llCA- Scoum  Ct>»*<«a     I 

loioMr    Rc<T>irai<»Me  peccAT*?!*.""  car.hi*?  tnssuTt.tKJif^>nanli 


¥ 


XI  ITB^-r»t 


lic.vTeum  jSuLtkim^  4»»ei 


f  I  --  " 


Cod.  Paris,  lat.  12048,  fol.  191 1;. 


^ 


•  •  «      ■  r 


■ ,         -»13 


X 


L 


Vi',- 


V 


Cod.  Einsidlensis  199,  p.  474 


PLATE    X. 


Credis  in  | 
deum   patrem   omnipotentem   creatorem   c^li    et   terr^ 
et  respondisti  credo  Et  iterum  credis  et  in  lesu  Christum 
filium  eius  unicum  dominum  nostrum  qui  conceptus  est  de  spiritu 
sancto    natus   ex    Maria   uirgine    passus    sub    Pontio 
Pilato    crucifixus    mortuos    et   sepultos    dis- 
cendit    ad    inferna    tertia   die    surrexit 
a    mortuis    ascendit     ad     celos    sedit     ad    dex- 
teram    dei    patris    omnipotentis    inde    uentu- 
rus    iudicare    uiuos    et    mortuus    et    respon- 
disti   credo.        Et     tertio     interrogauit    sacer- 
dos    credis    et    in    spiritu    sancto    sancta   ^cclesia  catholica 
sanctorum    communione    remissione    peccatorum  car- 
nis     resurrectionem     uitam     ^ternam.        Respondis- 
ti   aut    tu    aut  patrinus    pro   te    credo. 
Ecce    pactio    qualis   et    promissio    uel    confessio 
uestra   apud   deum    tenetur   et    credens    b[aptiza] 
tus    es    in    no[mine   eUJ] 


Cod.   Einsidlen.   199  fol.  237. 


PLATE    XL 


^        Credimvs      in      vnvm      devm      patrem     omnipoten- 
Simboium      xem       factorem       caeli       et       terrae       visibilivm 

Nicenum  ccc 


xviu  patrum 


OMNIVM    ET    [in]vISIBILIVM    ET    IN    VNVM    DOMINVM    lESVM 
CHRISTVM    FILIVM    DEI   VNIGENITVM    QVI    NATVS    EST    DE    EX 
PATRE    ANTE     OMNIA     SAECVLA     DEVM     VERVM     DE     DEO     VERO 

natum     non     factum     consubstantialem 
patri    per    quern    omnia    facta    sunt     Qui     <(propter> 
nos     homines     et     propter     salutem     nostra<(m)> 
disci  ndit     et     incarnatus     est    atque     huma- 
natus    est    et    passus    est    et    resurrexit    ter- 
tia    die     et    ascindit    in     caelos     uenturus 
iudicare  uiuos  et  mortuos  et  <in>  spiritum  sanctum 
JH  OS     autem     qui     dicunt    erat     aliquando 
quando     non     erat    et     prius    quam     nas- 
ceretur    non    erat    quia    ex     non    extan- 
tibus    factus    est    aut    ex    [a]lia    subsistentia    uel 
substantia   dicentes    esse    aut    conuerti- 
bilem    aut    mutabilem    filium    dei    hos    ana- 
thematizat    catholica    et    apostholica    <dei>    ecclesia 
Simboium        Itervm      SYMBOLVM      CENTVM"     qvinqvaginta. 

Constantmop-  ^  •^ 

ci!~m.       CREDIMVS     IN     VNVM     DEVM     PATREM     OMNIPOTENTEM 

Factorem    caeli    et    terrae    uisibilium    om- 
nium   et    inuisibilium    et    in    unum    dominum 
lesum    Christum    fiHum    dei    unigenitum    natum. 
ex    patre    ante    omnia    saecula    deum    uerum 
de    deo    uero    natum    non    factum    consubs- 
tantialem   patri    per    quem    omnia    fac- 
ta   sunt 


Codex  Vat.  lat    1322  fol.    153  verso. 


XI 


I,  >^       CRt•DI^VSl^iV^iW-"^  Olvii  \\ll^^yi\o\\ni  j  o/f  k 

pcvCr-iX^ei^lvieti>onri:K3icvPoXrcci(i:iKiC  Qciii/ 

Kitvceiiieii  e%poi7C3iie'itecr^iUivr^e>oTcx:eu 

^cIOIccvrvetlluolx^cAl>onclaone<^rpil>I^^Tl 

}  ^^^.    ... 

)  '"""fi 


to 


Cod.  Vatic.  lat.  1322,  fol.  153  f. 


XII 


i  t 


t 

\ 

I 


I 


k 


t  1  JiprK>pr€n^Tsrort)QtYmMeret:KxlMxetT^>yar 
ci'^^ciTT  ^^  irc  ie^clix€Ti  isicctr^Too^cptieft^ei  pcT 

n  iltvcoc  cixrpcilx<ji~eft  exi^erurv  o^^ca  ixer- 
'>4i-*<jo'isier^i'CPi.iaii^exif^i:ptT^rcrr^^'B^rT )  ^ 

CCTLii  uxPi  ccxT-a  CJe-TT)  ej^poT  T^  CrpTM3  CBJ  c^vlem 
CruTy^pcxxi>e  CCp.t)o  cvDorMJL>a^  xittd  Ct  COi-  j 
qlo  r^iPiccLxviciuTx  >  *^xiilocujnE?Pt  per-  Rforpno 

n  1-)  6'  tlvr^i-^vi  ivicxYT  >  CCLxl->ol)CCXir  :>  crcXJL|Jol^J>o 
IjCtxm  eccleficxi»iCo^r^Fix:eTn[->iJT-  tn-^xjiTn-) 
J:>c^vpX7  frr>cv.i'tvrT^Orr  1 1  ntio  »<r  e  t  If  rpeCCCi xoi^'^ 
exrpecccciT>cifT'^Itii^r<Xrc70  E>Jem  rr-^oi^CviOt' 

'c  tx  c  7  rexco'^^j  Pi  1  -  Txicv  c  lOT^eri  >  fcvpi  cr^r  Tioc 
Cc RlItlx  ccxT^e'  Ji  Lii »^cvec;t>o.'xicve  QY rr> bolui r ^ 
DEp^TTiefTjiMFr^iL,o,f;JspqSc6p^'RfFt^Itt>*i£Mi)orcj 
Ccd  «^Vli^nir  >  a.  isjcA  CIO  f^oh  ^TJi^  cljxCrsaCX:  rpi 
e  *^  xit»»txepr<veiX?  J^xrxx  ^eJ<'lTT>l>ii<\<^iiiiC* 

r^  itcx  ciPi>cpiH.)  boi^cpiMjtoJicoL^xioi^eTiitt) 
>^ici»-j'cepper"  pr-opi-»ca  iiCi^cfic  •Kxocitifcjo 

^itlovlpTM^KiotiK^^l*.!  r-^i  Jlf  pO»^lcixr70T>jir 


■i 


% 


.^ 


r 


[ 


Cod.  Vatic.  lat.  1322,  fol.  154 


PLATE  XII. 


Qui    propter    nos    homines    et    salutem    nos- 
tram    discindit    et    incarnatus    est    de    spiritu 
sancto    et    Maria    uirgine    et    humanatus    est 
et    crucifixus    est    pro    nobis    sup    Pontio 
Pilato    et    sepultus    est    et    resurrexit    ter- 
tia  die  ascindit   in  caelos  sedit'  ad   dexte- 
ram   patris    iterum    uenturus    est    cum    glo- 
ria   iudicare    uiuos    et    mortuos    cuius    reg- 
ni  non  erit  finis  et  in   spiritum  sanctum   dominum 
et    uiuificantem    ex    patre   procidentem^ 
Cum    patre    et    filio    adorandum    et    con- 
glorificandum    qui    loc[ut]us    est    per    sanctos    pro- 
phetas    in    unam    catholicam    et    apostho- 
licam    ecclesiam    confitemur    unum 
baptisma    in    remissionem    peccatorum 
expectamus    resurrectionem    mortuorum 
et    uitam    futuri    saeculi    amen    Sufficeret 
quidem    ad    plenam   cognitionem    pie- 
tatis    et    confirmationem    sapiens    hoc 
et    salutare    diuinae    gratiae    symbolum 

DE    PATRE  ENIM  ET  FILIO  ET  SPIRITV  SANCTO  PERFECTIONEM   DOCET 

et    domini    humanationem    fideliter    accipi- 
entibus    repraesentat    Sed    quoniam    hii    qui    ue- 
ritatis    reprobare    praedicationem    co- 
nantes    per    proprias    heresis    nouas    uo- 
ces    genuerunt    hii    quidem    mysterium 
quod    pro    nobis    est    domini    dispensationis 

1  sedet  corr.  -  procedentem  corr. 


Cod.  Vat.  lat.   1322  fol.   154  recto. 


V. 


PLATE    XIII. 

EXPOSITIO  FIDEI  CL  SANCTORVM  QVI  CONSTANTINOPOLIM 


c 


CONGREGATI     SVNT. 

Iredimus    in   unum    deum  patrem  omnipotentem     Factorem  caeli   et 
terrae    uisibilium    et    inuisibilium     Et    in   unum   dominum    lesum 
Christum    filium    dei       Natum    ex    patre    ante    omnia    saecula, 
deum    uerum    de    deo    uero     Natum    non    factum    consubs- 
tantialem    patri    per    quem    omnia    facta    sunt,    Qui 
propter    nos    homines    et    salutem    nostram    discendit, 
Et    incarnatus    est    de    spiritu    sancto    et    Maria    uirgine    et    in- 
humanatus    est,      Et    crucifixus    est    pro    nobis    sub     Pon- 
tio     Pilato    et    sepultus    est     Et    resurrexit    tertia    die 
Ascendit    ad    caelos    sedet    ad    dexteram    patris     Iterum 
uenturus    cum    gloria     ludicare    uiuos    et    mortuos, 

cuius    regni    finis    non    erit      Et    in    spiritum    sanctum    dominum    et    uiui- 
ficantem    ex    patre    procedentem    cum    patre    et    filio 
adorandum    et    conglorificandum    qui    loquutus 
est    per    sanctos    prophetas,      In    unam    cathoHcam     et    apos- 
tolicam    ecclesiam     Confitemur    unum    baptismam 
in    remissione    peccatorum     Expectamus    resurrec-  | 


tione    mortuorum    uitam    futuri    saeculi    amen. 
v]i  Nomina    episcoporvm    qvi    subscripservnt    cl.     episcopi    qvi    in    eodem. 

Cod.  Tolos.   364  (I  63)  fol.  4  recto  et  verso. 


XIII 


cn 


K     ^pcbuxLiLiaitir  f^l3a:n3al9KpaL^^^JeA^neocn^ilA.^Aec:ubv 

^onibccv3ersei>olxusesr    grRjesuRFJ^nxei^rnxoie' 

K-i^icju^  4^^<nun>Roccx>eKrTCcn  Cuaipx^Rg^n^iLio 


r 


TloMecnoiriUoRticn  orrAcn  ranuui  ^JJV.ccol)   ^^c6>eKi  ^ 

iVii-^li'^^  f^H'*^^-^  ,'^-*^w-«l^        /^i        .^-^     ^     ^ 


II  •     ^-^'^'^la^epuiu^a7v|t^v;u■^^'^cmW5:^TlUt<^l^  Ci-vni^am 


Cod.  Tolosanus  364,  fol.  4,  fol.  4  v. 


'  1        »  1  -. 


XIV 


,^' 


'  •  U 


•  ■* 


-3 


Cod.  Tolosanus  364,  fol.  104,  fol.  1041'. 


PLATE    XIV. 


fidem    praedicare    atque    defendere     Quam    sancta    synodus 
Nichena    firmauit    dicens,     Credimus    in    unum    deum    patrem 
omnipotentem     Visibilium    et    inuisibllium    factorem.     Et    in    unum 
dominum    nostrum     lesum    filium    dei     Natum    de    patre    unigenitum 
Hoc    est    de    substantia    patris    deum    de    deo    lumen    de    lumine 
'  Deum    uerum    de    deo    uero     Natum     non    factum    unius    subs- 


tantiae    cum    patre     Quod     Graeci    dicunt    omousion, 
Per    quem    omnia    facta    sunt    siue    quae    in   caelo    sine 
quae    in    terra     Qui    propter    nostram    salutem    dis- 
cendit    incarnatus    est    et    homo    factus    passus    est 


resurrexit   tertia   die    Ascendit    in    caelos   Venturus 

iudicare    uuios   et    mortuos     Et    in    spiritum    sanctum.      In    qua   pro- 

fessione,    hoc   euidentissime   continetur     Quos    etiam    nos 


Cod.  Tolos.  364  (I  63)  fol.   104  recto  et  verso. 


PLATE    XV. 


<mihi  autem  nimis  honorati  sunt  amici  tui> 
<  alleluia  quoniam>  <aruitus> 


U 

Os    parificat,    cor    letificat,    terrem    excelsam    aedificat,    homi- 
nem    clarificat,    sensus   aperit.     omne   malum   occidit.     perfecti- 
onem     instruit.      excelsa     demonstrat     desiderium    regni     celes- 
tis   dat,    pacem    inter    corpus    et    animam    facit.       Ignem    spiri- 
talem  in   corde   succendit,    contra   omnibus   uitiis  sollicitudo   est 
Certamen    bonum    cotidie    est,     Radicem     malorum     omnium 
expellit.     sicut   lurica    induit,    sicut.     galea   defendit.    spes    sa- 
lutis<(est)>.  consolatio  doloris,  Refectio  laboris.   Notitia  ueri  lumi- 
nis.     fons  sanctitatis.     hominem  iuuenem  castigat,     Regnum  dei 
super     terram     dat.     Tedium     anim^     detrahit.      Tuba     miralis 
est.     qui    diligit     canticum    psalmorum     assiduae     non     potest 
peccatum    agere,    qui    habet    laudem    dei    in    corde    suo.    in 
postremo    apud    deum    gaudebit.    et    animam    suam    in    c^lo 
mirificabit  in  saecula   saeculorum  amen,  fides   sancti   athana- 

SII    EPISCOPI    ALEXANDRINI. 

Quicumque    uult    saluus    esse    ante     omnia     opus     est     ut 
teneat    catholicam    fidem,    Quam    nisi   quisque   integram 

inuiolatamque  ser\ua)>  erit  absque  dubio  in  eternum  peribit 
Fides    autem    catholica    haec    est   ut   unum    deum    in    trini- 
tate     et     trinitatem     in     unitate     ueneremur,      Neque     con- 
fundentes    personas    neque    substantiam    separantes. 
Alia  est  enim  persona  patris.  alia  filii  alia  spiritus  sancti.  sed  patris 
et  filii  et  spiritus  sancti  una  est  diuinitas  aequalis  gloria  coetern[a] 
maiestas,     Qualis  pater  talis  filius  talis   et^  spiritus   sanctus, 

Increatus  pater  increatus  filius  increatus  et*  spiritus  sanctus,  Inmen- 
sus  pater  inmensus  filius  inmensus  et*  spiritus  sanctus  aeternus^  pater 

'  et  ras.  2  ^  j-^s. 

Cod.  Lugdunensis  S.  Fid.  fol.  109  verso. 


XV 


\ 


)0'»V)1 


Tccti^  V,  iv»'coy^ci^fv»cc^cCi-r7  Corvxycco-mrub',  uraiy*foLL|Crtu«Jo^ 

^|>#Un-  ftCutrU»^cxmclutT-,ftc.^.<^Uccol^-/^diT-.  Sj^eTA 
Urnf cor^y^  UcTno  jiUy-if ^  3-^f^xio  UcUtjf  ."MoT^-nccx^Sn  U*-^i 

^.  qutcfiti5rircXn-nCut>-»fjyccUv>i>y-v.>>>  x^ Jvxcc^ -i^f  oW+^ 


UiC«a-**>q'.  eAt^l 


Odl 


/ 1  ^n^ioUx  xrcm*|-,  yey^u]^*Ttr  ccb^-,d«-*o 


Cod.  Lugdunensis,  fol.  109  f. 


^ 


XVI 


Cod.  Lugdunensis,  fol.  114 


PLATE    XVI. 


eternus  filius.   ^ternus  et'   spiritus   sanctus,    et   tamen    non   tres   aeterni.  sed  unus 

aeternus,    Sicut    non    tres     increati.      nee     tres     inmensi.    sed     unus     increatus 

et  unus  inmensus,  Similiter  omnipotens  pater,  omnipotens  filius.  omnipotens  et^  spiritus  sanctus, 

et  tamen  non  tres  omnipotentes.  sed  unus  omnipotens,      Ita  deus  pater  deus  fili[us] 

deus  et^  spiritus  sanctus.      Et  tamen  non  tres  dii.  sed  unus  est  deus,     Ita  dominus  pater. 

dominus  filius.  dominus  et^  spiritus  sanctus.  et  tamen  non  tres  domini.  sed  unus  est  dominus,  Quia 

sicut    singillatim    unam    quamque     personam     deum     et     dominum     confiteri 

Christiana    ueritate    conpellimur.       Ita    tres    deos    aut     dominos 

dici    catholica    relegione    prohibemur,        Pater    a    nullo    est    factus. 

nee    creatus.    nee    genitus.       Filius    a    patre    solo    est.    non    factus    nee    crea- 

tus.  sed  genitus.      Spiritus    sanctus  a  patre  et  filio  non   factus.    nee  creatus.  nee 

genitus.    sed    procedens,       Unus    ergo    pater,     non    tres    patres.     unus    filius 

non  <tres>  filii.  unus  spiritus  sanctus.  non  tres  spiritus  sancti,  Et  in  hae  trinitate  nihil  prius 

aut    posterius    nihil    maius    aut    minus,    sed    tot^    tres    person^    co^terng 

sibi    sunt    et    coaequales,       Ita    ut    per    omnia    sicut    iam    supradictum    est 

et    unitas    in    trinitate,     et    trinitas    in     unitate    ueneranda    sit. 

Qui    uult    ergo    saluus    esse,     ita    de    trinitate    sentiat,       Sed    neces- 

sarium    est    ad    aeternam    salutem,     ut    incarnationem    quoque 

domini    nostri     lesu    Christi    fideliter    eredat.       Est    ergo    fides    recta    ut    cre- 

damus    et   confiteamur.    quia    dominus    noster    lesus    Christus    dei    filius.     deus 

et    homo  est,    Deus    est    ex    substantia   patris   ante 

s^cula   genitus.    et    homo    est    ex    substantia   matris 

in  saeculo  natus,     Perfeetus  deus.  perfectus  homo,  ex  anima 

rationali.    et    humana    carne    subsistens,      Aequalis 

patri  secundum  diuinitatem.    minor  patri   secundum 

humanitatem.     Qui    licet    deus    sit    et    homo,     non    duo    tamen.     sed 

unus    est    Christus,       Unus    autem    non    eonuersione    diuinitatis    in 

carnem.    sed    adsumptione    humanitatis    in    deo,      Unus    omni- 

no  non  confusione  substantiae.   sed    <unitate>  person^,     Nam   sicut  anima  ratio- 

nalis  et  caro  unus   est   homo.   Ita  deus  et  homo  unus  est  Christus,     Qui  passus 

est    pro   salute    nostra    deseendit    ad    inferos    resurrexit    a    mortuis, 

1  et  ras. 

Cod.  Lugdunensis  S.  Fid.  fol.  114  recto. 


I) 


PLATE    XVII. 


ascendit   ad    c^los    sedit    ad    dexteram    dei    patris    omnipotenti[s] 
Inde   uenturus    iudicare    uiuos    et    mortuos,     Ad    cuius   adue[n]- 
tum    omnes    homines    resurgere    habent    cum    corporibus    suis 
Et    reddituri    sunt   de    factis    propriis  rationem,      Et    qui  bo[na] 
egerunt.    ibunt    in    uitam    aeternam.    et   qui    mala    in    ignem 
aeternum,      Haec  est    fides    catholica    quam    nisi    quisque    fidel[iter] 
\3-cy   firmiterque    crediderit.    saluus    esse    non    poterit. 


<SIMPLICES(?)> 

<ADF[IRMATIVA]    [Est]    iustus    homo.  NEG[ATIVA]  Non  est  Justus  homo.> 

<ADF[IRMATIVA]    Est   iniastus    homo.  NEG[ATIVA]  Non  est  iniustus  homo.> 

<ADF[IRMATIVA]  Est  non  iustus  homo.  NEG[ATIVA]  Non  est  non  iustus  homo 

<  > 

<  omnis  homo  iustus  (?)  est.  NEG[ATIVA]  non  est  omnis  homo  iustus  > 

<  non  est  omnis  homo  non  iustus  ADF[IRMATIVA]  est  omnis  homo  non  iustus  > 


<  partes  orationis  quot  sunt> 


Cod.   Lugdunensis  S.   Fid.  fol.    114  verso. 


XVII 


i43eri-  •  n 


inP 


i'  V 


-^Va'-N 


i-    im  '  ,  >-    :  •»-. 


11 


»-*<• 


j>r« 


..,^->r» 


i 
I 

1 


s 


•T.    ^- 


T^y-i^j' 


.Tf  ,-!.<" 


orwn'^nej  c]i^ 


ri 


r;>" 


i.:f 


Cod.  Lugdunensis,  fol.  ii^v. 


XVIII 


•/o"^. 

AO 


'  I       /'j  ■'  "V/f  fV  '     ,         '  ^   fVVl^^  rAKitatc^^Mf  virv  ty^fT^T^i  vlt<;^'VftMl• 


Cod.  Petriburgensis  Q.  i.  15,  fol.  63. 


PLATE    XVIII. 


Primum  namqiie  superbia  genus  est  eorum   qui   per 
transgressionis   culpam   contemptu  habent  diuina 
praecepta.      Secundum  genus  eorum   est  qui  ex  conser- 
uatione   mandatorum   adtolluntur  eleuatione  uir- 
tutum.      Tertium  genus  eorum  est  qui  per  contumaciam 
mentis  subdi   dedignantur  seniorum  imperiis  quae  qui- 
dem   uitia  diuinitus    adiuuante  gialia  h<i>is  e  contra- 
rio  curantur  uirtutibus.     Gulae  enim  concupiscentiam 
repraemunt  uigiliae.   et  conpunctio  cordis. 
Fomicationem   extinguet  contrilio  cordis   et  corpo- 
ris  afflictio   et  oratio    adsidua   uel   laboris  exercitium 
metus  quoque  gehennae  uel   amor  caelestis  patriae. 
Inuidiam  superat   amor  fraternae  dilectionis  et 
quoniam   caeleste  regnum   non  accipiunt   nisi  Concordes. 
Iram   temperat  patientia  et  ratio  aequanimitatis. 
Auari<;i>iam   subiu-Ogat  elimosina  et  spes  aeternae 
retribuitionis.     Tristitiam   fraterna   conlcquia 
et  consolatio  scripturarum.     Arrogantiam   calcat 
metus  ne   uana  gloria  dilinitum   animum  a  uir<tu>tibus 
cunctis  se  excludat.     Et   per  iectantiam   perdat  semet- 
ipsum   et  pereat.     lam   superbiam   deprimat   metus 
diabulicae   ruinae   absque   exempio   humilitatis  Christi. 

Explicit   liber  sancti   Isidori  episcopi. 
Ora  pro  me  sepisfimi  deum   caeli  carissimi   uti  mea 
innumera  Christus  remittat  cremina.     amen, 
deo  gratias. 


Q.,e 


Fides   sancti   Athanassi  episcopi  Alexandriae 
juicumque  ult  saluus  esse  ante  om- 
nia opus  est   ut  teneat  catholicam 
fidem   quam    nisi   quisque   integram   inuio- 
labilemque   seruauerit   absque   du[bi]o   peribit   in   ae- 
ternum.      Fides  autem   catholica   Haec  est   ut  unum  deum 
in  trinitate  et  trinitatem   in  unitate  uenera- 
mur.      Neque  confundantes  personas  neque  substan- 
tia separantes.      Alia  est  enim  persona  patris 
alia  filii  alia  spiritus  sancti.     Sed  patris  et  filii  et  spiritus  sancti 
una  est  diuinitas  aequalis  gloria 

Col.   i.   1.   16.     Auaritiam]  t  supra  lin. 
subiugai]  una  littera  rasa. 


Coaeterna  maiestas  qualis  pater   talis  Alius 

talis   et   spiritus   sanctus   increatus   pater   increatus   filius 

increatus  spiritus  sanctus  inmensus  pater  inmensus 

filius  inmensus  spiritus  sanctus  aeternus  pater  aeter- 

nus  filius  aeternus  spiritus  sanctus.      Et  tamen  non  tres 

aetemi  sed  unus  aeternus  sic  non  tres  increati 

non  tres  inmensi  sed   unus  increatus    Et   unus  inmensus 

Oimiliter  omnipotens   pater  omnipotens 

filius   omnipotens  spiritus   sanctus   et   tamen   non   tres 
omnipotens  sed  unus  omnipotens.     Ita  deus  pater 
deus  filius  deus  spiritus  sanctus  et  tamen  non  tres  dii  sed  unus  deus  est. 
Ita  et  dominus  pater  dominus  filius  dominus  spiritus  sanctus  et  tamen 
non   tres  domini   sed   unus  dominus   est   Quia   sicut   sin- 
gillatim  unum  quamqu<e>-  personam   et  dominum   et   d<eu>m 
confiteri  Christiana  ueritate  conpellimur.     Ita  tres 
deos  aut  dominos  dicere  catholica  relegione 
prohibemur.      Pater  a  nullo   factus  nee  creatus 
nee   genitus   filius   a   patre   solo   est   nee   factus 
nee  creatus  sed  genitus.     Spiritus  sanctus  a   patre 
et   fiUo  nee  factus  nee   creatus  nee  genitus 
sed  procedens.     Unus  ergo   pater  non   tres  patres 
unus  filius  non  tres  filii  unus  spiritus  sanctus  non  tres 
spiritus  sancti.       In   hac   trinitate  nihil   prius 
aut   posterius   nihil  mains   aut   minus 
sed  totae  tres  personae.      Coaeternae  sibi  sunt 
et  coaequales  ita  ut   per  omnia  sicut  iam   supra 
dictum   est   et   trinitas  in  unitate.      Et  unitas 
in    trinitate   ueneranda  sit. 
Qui  uult   ergo   saluus   esse   ita   de   trinitate 
sentiat  sed   necessarium  est  ad  aeternam 
salutem   ut   incarnationem   quoque   domini   nostri   lesu 
Christi   fideiter  eredat.    est   ergo   fides   recta 
ut   eredamus.    et   confiteamur   quia   dominus   noster 
lesus  Christus  dei  filius  et  deus  pariter  et  homo  est. 
Deus  est  ex  substantia  patris  ante  saecula 
genitus  et   homo   est   ex   substantia  matris 
in  saeculo  genitus.     Perfectus  homo  ex  anima 
rationabili  et  humana  came  subsistens 

Col.  ii.   1.   14.  qui. ..dominum  scriptor,  que. ..deum  corr. 


Cod.   Petriburg.  Q.I.   15.  fol.  63  recto. 


PLATE     XIX. 


Aequalis  patri  perfectus  deus  secundum  diuini- 
tatem.     Qui  licet  deus  sit  et  homo  non  tamen  duo 
sed  unus  est  deus.  unus  autem  non  conuersatione 
diuinitatis  in  carne  sed  adsumptione  huma- 
nitatis  in  deo.  Unus  omnino  non  confusione 
substantiae  sed  unitate  personae. 
Nam  sicut  anima  rationalis  et  care  unus  est 
homo  ita  deus  et  homo  unus  Christus  qui  passus  est 
pro  salute  nostra,     discendit  ad  infernus 
resurrexit  a  mortuis  ascendit  ad  caelos 
sedit  ad  dexteram  patris  inde  uenturus  est 
iudicare  uiuos  et  mortuos  ad  cuius  aduentum 
Habent  resurgere  omnes  homines  cum 
corporibus  suis  et  reddituri  sunt  de  factis 
propriis  rationem  et  qui  bona  egerunt  ibunt 
in  uitam  aeternam  qui  mala  in  ignem  aeter- 
nam.     Haec  est  fides  catholica  quam  nisi 
quis  fideliter  firmiterque  crediderit 
saluus  esse  non  poterit     CHRISTI 

•E 
I     ohannis   celsi    rimans    misteria    cael    I 

0  bnixeque    d<i>u    laborat   cum    uiribus    ultr    O 
H    ic    imitare   studens    almis    uirtutibus    Enoc    H 

A     rcibus  aether<e>is  properat    qui    scandere  templa 
N     octis   qua   clarum    non    fuscant   pallia    lumen. 
N     ec   tenebris   altum   pertranant   nibula   culmen. 

I     dcirco    iugiter    gaudet    sapientia    Christ    I. 
S      acra    perfundi    pulchri    cheu    nectaris    haustis. 
C     aelicolum    mallens    pasci   caelestibus   isti    C 
E     scis  quam  spurcae  carnis  subcumbere  mensae 
L     lurida   quae   trudit   mentes   ad   tartara   ni   soL. 
S      sorte    beans    donis    inlustret    corda    benigniS 

I      interea    glauci    pertranans    aequora    ponti. 

R     ratibus   inuisus   qua   est   tempestatibus   imber, 

1  ictibus   horrendis   nautae   dum    fulmina   spargi. 
M    magna   uident   metuunt   fessi   disperdere   uitam. 
A     astamen    intrepidus   scrutatur   mente   serena. 

N     non    cessans    Christi    penetrabit    pectore    lumen. 
S      sic    igitur   lector    librorum    carpere    fructus. 
M    multimode    recolens    per    latum    nititur   orbem. 
Y     ymnizans    que    deum    fatur    sub    cardine    cael    I. 
S      sancio    summatim    paucis    per    famina    uerbis 
T     taliter  exhortans   ut   mentem   dicta    peragrent. 


Edita  uisurum  externae  nunc  oppida  terrae  . 
Retibus.  ut  nunquam  gradiens  uestigia  frater 
Infandis  hostis  uallant  quae  castra  perosi  . 
Atra  graues  pereant  ne  sic  caelestia  uota.  . 
Candida  sed  rutilent  cordis  praesagia  donee  . 
Arbiter  arcitenens  superarit  proelia  dira  . 
Et  miles  supera  gaudebit  comptus  in  urbe. 
Limpida  famosum  spectet  per  saecla  tribunal 
lohannis  caeli  rimans  mysteria  caeli. 


I 

O 
H 

A 
N 
N 

I 

S 

c 

E 
L 

S 
I 

R 
I 

M 
A 
N 
S 
M 
I 
S 
T 


<Ex  MusAEO  Petri  Dubrowsky> 
<Parisiis  i792> 


Cod.   Petriburg  Q.   I.    15  fol.  63  ver.so. 


XIX 


1 


I       '  p(]v*<>lM2ftSv'v«7v»i4'^v'y**vy»«Hrt;vv  VyT  1  '  *1 


Cod.  Petriburgensis  Q.  i.  15,  fol.  637'. 


•  1  •  J 
1  >  1 1 


XX 


^ 


5i  iticumcjuetiuirjulMMir 


*    I 


.    |?aie|t  InmoYiipplturlnrrxin 
oeteiinui- 1 M  cur  nr|ia-!nCfLetx 


Cod.  Monacensis  lat.  6298  (Fris.  98),  fol.  i  v. 


PLATE    XX. 


/~\uicumque  uult  saluus 

esse  ante  omnia  opus  est 
ut  teneat  catholicam  fidem 
quam  nisi  quisque  integrara 
inuiolatamque  seruauerit  absque 
dubio  peribit  in  aeternum  fides 
autem  catholica  haec  est  ut  unum 
deum  in  trinitate  et  trinilate<  >  in 
unitate  ueneremur  neque  con- 
fundentes  personas  neque  sub- 
stantiam  separantes.    ali<a>-enim  est 
persona  patris  alia  filii  alia  spiritus 
sancti  sed  patris  et  filii  et  spiritus  sancti  una 
est  diuinitas  equalis  gloria 
coaeterna  maieslas  qualis  pa- 
ter talis  filius  talis  et  spiritus  sanctus 
increatus  pater  increalus  fili- 
us increatus  et  spiritus  sanctus  inmensus 
pater  inmensus  filius  inmen- 
sus spiritus  sanctus  gternus  pater  ae- 
ternus  filius  eternus  spiritus  sanctus. 
Et  tamen  non  tres  aeterni  sed  unus 
aeternus  sicut  non  tres  increa- 
ti  nee  tres  inmensi  sed  unus  in- 
creatus et  unus  inmensus. 
Similiter  omnipotens  pater 


omnipotens  filius  omnipotens  spiritus 
sanctus     Et  tamen  non  tres  omnipotens 
sed  unus  omnipotens  ita  deus  pater, 
deus  filius  deus  spiritus  sanctus  et  tamen  non  tres 
dii  sed  unus  •<est>  deus  ita  dominus  pater 
dominus  filius  dominus  et  spiritus  sanctus  et  tamen 
non  tres  doraini  sed  unus  est  dominus 
quia  sicut  singillatim  unam  quam- 
que  personam  ad  deum  et  dominum  con- 
fiteri  Christian!  ueritate  conpelli- 
mur  ita  tres  decs  aut  tres  dominos 
dicere  catholica  relegione  pro- 
hibemur     Pater  a  nuUo  est 
factus  nee  creatus  nee  genitus 
filius  <;a  patre  solo  est  non  factus  nee 
creatus.     sed  genitus  spiritus  sanctus  a  pa- 
tre et  filio  non  factus  nec> 
creatus  nee  genitus  sed  procedens 
unus  est  ergo  paler  non  tres  patres 
unus  filius  non  tres  filii  uni:s  spiritus 
sanctus  non  tres  spiritus  sancti  <et>  in  hac  enim  tii- 
nitate  nihil  prius  aut  posterius 
nihil  est  maius  aut  minus  sed  to- 
tae  tres  personae  coaeternae 
sibi  sunt.     Et  coaequales  ita  ut  per 
omnia  sicut  iam  supra  dictum  est 


Col.  i.  lin.  8.  m  eras.  ? 


Col.  ii.  lin.  15-17  in  rasur. 
lin.  21  et  supra  lin. 


Cod.   Monac.  lat.  6298  fol.   i   verso. 


lif 


I 


PLATE  XXI. 


■<c  casus  est  periculo]> 


-<]et  unitas  in  trinitate  uene- 
tandi  sit.  Qui  uult  ergo  saluus 
esse.  >  ita  de  trinitate 

sentiat  sed  necessarium  est  ad 
aeternam  salutem  ut  incar- 
nationem  quoque  domini  nostri  lesu  Christi 
fideliter  credat  est  ergo  fides 
recta  ut  credamus  ut  confite- 
amur  quia  dominus  noster  lesus  Christus  dei  fi- 
lius  et  deus  pa<   >riter  et  liomo  est 
deus  ex  substantia  patris  <^hoc>  in  sae- 
culo  natus  perfectus  perf<ectus>  ho- 
mo ex  anima  rationabili  et  hu- 
mana  came  subsistens  aequa- 
lis  patri  secundum  diuinitatem 
minor  patri  secundum  huma- 
nitatem  quia  licet  deus  sit  et  homo 
non  tatem  duo  sed  unus  est  <^Christus]> 
unus  autem  conuer<si>one  diui- 
nitat<^i>s  in  came  sed  adsumpti- 
one  humanitatis  in  deo  unus  om- 
nino  <[in>    confusione  substan- 
tiae  sed  unitate   personae   nam 
sicut   anima   rationabilis    et   ca- 
ro   unus   est   homo   ita   deus   et  homo 
unus    est    Christus   qui    passus    est   pro 


salutae   nostra   discendit   ad    infe- 
ros  et   resurrexit  a   mortuis    ascendit 
ad    inferos   et   resurrexit   in   caelos 
sedit   ad   dexteram    dei   patris   omni- 
potentis  inde   uenturus    ifidicare 
uiuos   et   mortuos   ad    cuius   aduentum 
habent   resurgere   omnes    homines 
cum   corporibus    suis   et   reddituri 
sunt   de   factis    propriis    rationem    et 
qui    bona   egerunt   ibunt   in    uitam   ae- 
ternam  nam   qui    mala   in   ignem   ae- 
ternam  haec   est   fides    catholica 
quam   nisi    quis   fideliter   firmiter- 
que   crediderit   saluus   esse   non   poterit. 

T  N    nomine   lesu   Christi   domini    nostri  conti- 

nentur   hoc   in   codice. 
Omelias   a   sancto   Agustino   episcopo   editae 
ad   populum   anni   per   curriculum 
totum   unde    hoc   orditur    breuiarium 

i.  Omelia  ante   dies   x.   aut    xv.    de    nata- 

ii.  le  domini  dicenda.  Item  Omelia  ante  natale  domini 

iii.  Item   alia.     Item   alia 
iiii.  Omelia   de    natale   domini 

V.  Item   alia.     <^vi.^  Item   alia 
vii.  Omelia  in  natale  sancti  Stephani  primi  martiris 
viii.  Item    alia   de   eodem    die. 


Col.  I.  U.  1-3.  in  ras. 

,,  I.  10.  t  ras. 

,,  I.  II.  h  supra  lin. 

„  1.  12.  fectus  supra  lin. 

,,  1.  18.   Christus  in  ras. 

,,  1.  19.  sati  ras. 


Col.  i.  1.  19.  si  in  ras. 

,,       1.  20.  e  scriptor,  i  corr. 

,,       1.  22.  non  ras. 

„       1.  22.  iton  scriptor. 

Col.  ii.   1.  2,  3.  expunct. 


Cod.   Monac.  lat.   6298  fol.   2  recto. 


XXI 


effe-'    ■  ;iuC'c';jaiv.Cut<3^ 

mo  etuMifnvV  puiiottai'tad-ki 
nviionpai|itrectn"<^titii  bmtvv 


c  CAfurefc  pen  cm  Lo 

l^eJiTvii;  Jevzeyram  ^'i  pcupifcmtii 
U!tior  d'r>v^|auicr  dJCLiiitr  ai'ttcntum 

v^t"rpvtCtt|"'p^p|rinp  pOvtoneiri  cv 
c|uatntiipi,auirp^elite|v  piimtr*^ 


^Y 


nomine tl"fuxpi^ninp4  C(?nti . 
ncSixunhoclnco^ice" 
Omeii^  w\peo  Octiptino  (^?ipe54ru<e^ 
i^y  u&populun'>annipe|vcupptculum 


.♦vno    rnconpipione^piitp 


eiiidpjti 


L  -"70 
|iounurvJTlionioica^pd-'!i<?wo    vl  leindiia"  ]tetna'tcv  .  , 

tinitpA^vpi' Juiporiw^^T^pp'^^  m^  lnm?pct|T^:^wUnp|utni  mopr' 


•■mm 


Cod.  Monacensis  lat.  6298  (Fris.  98),  fol.  2 


II 


XXII 


^4ipOirtDeJr^'ttto5Tc«ped(:ir<or;  -  /qui. 


7T    .  -*.'i( 


TV^ftT^f^^^"^  imif^ic^ ^pndof t^-^n^-^r^    ?>f iimr  Hf^j  juj 


^p(^c^it«n^  penfcr '•  p  cJerV  CcttJi ot^c^  lo^^^t-t 
ut.^uMw^<^  ^^^V^^"^^'^*'^  ^-x:nTiTro6c5n  TT'inuccOf  - 


Cod.  Ambrosianus  O.  212.  sup.,  fol.  14 


PLATE  XXII. 

accipientes    scutum    fidei     Et    ille   pro   aureis    aerea    facit    qui    sub- 
stracta   fidei    ueritate   solum    degenere    reddit    ex    confessione    tinni- 
tum.     Et   cum    deuotus   uideatur    in    numero    tamen    reus    inuenitur 
ex    uoto    id    quod    non    credit    confitendo.     de    quibus    quidem    dixisse 
beatus   apustolus    suspicandus   est   habentes    speciem    pietatis 
et    uirtutem    eius    abnegantes.     nonne    uidetur    tibi    uirtus    in    auro    et 
species    in    aere    posse    sentiri.     sed    optamus   adsertionem    profe- 
ticam    custodire.    ut   ante    pedes    equorum    regis    qui    nisi    episcupi 
nostri    adque    doctores    sunt   quorum    pedes  ueloces  sunt 
super  montes  euangelizantes  pacem  fidei  nostrae  scuta 
ponamus.  tricenta  autem  aurea  scuta  siue  beata  trinitatis 
fides  siue  omnium  creaturarum  satio  caeli  terrae  et  ma- 
ris cursores  autem  qui  ante  pedes  equorum  ponunt  ea  illi  cre- 
dendi  sunt  qui  potuerunt  dicere  Cursum  consummaui  qua 
instituti  lege  ut  usque  ad  finem  seruare  possimus  ne  ilia  Susacim 
rex  Aegypti  hoc  est  diabulus  a  templo  nostri  cordis  abstraxisset  (?) 
excubent  suffragia  orationum  tuarum  ad   lesum  Christum  dominum 
nostrum  cui  gloria  in  saecula  saeculorum  est  finit  amen  deo  gratia 
I      |ui  cumque  uult  esse  saluus  ante  omnia  opus  est  ut 
^-w      teneat  catholicam  fidem  quam  nisi  quis   inti- 
gram  inuiolatamque  seruauerit  absque  dubio 
in  aeternum  peribit.     fides  autem  catholica  haec  est 
ut  unum  deum  in  trinitate  et  trinitatem  in  unitate 
ueneremur  neque  confudentes  personas  neque  substanti- 
am  separantes.     alia  est  enim  persona  patris  alia  per- 
sona filii  alia  persona  spiritus  sancti   <sed  patris  et  fili  et  spiritus  sancti>    una 

est  diuinitas  aequa- 
lis  gloria  coaeterna  maiestas.     qualis  pater   talis 

filius  talis  et  spiritus  sanctus.  increatus  pater  increatus  filius 
increatus  spiritus  sanctus.  inmensus  pater  inmensus  filius  in- 
mensus  spiritus  sanctus.  aeternus  pater  aeternus  filius  aeter- 
nus  spiritus  sanctus  et  tamen  non  iii.  aeterni.  sed  unus  aeternus 

1.  26.  sed — sancti  supra  lin. 

Cod.  Ambrosianus  O,    212  sup.  fol.   14  recto. 


|! 


PLATE    XXIII. 

[sicut    non    tres    Increati    nee    tres    inmensi    sed    un]us    [inmensus]    et 
[unus    increjatus    [similiter]   omnipotens   pater   omnipotens    filius- 

omnipotens  spiritus  sanctus  et  non  tres  omnipotentes  sed  unus  omnipotens.  ita  deus  pater 
deus  filius  deus  spiritus  sanctus  et  tamen  non  iii.  dii.  sed  unus  deus.  ita  dominus  pater 
dominus  filius  dominus  spiritus  sanctus  et  tamen  non  iii.  domini.  sed  unus  dominus.  quia  si 
cut    singillatim    unamquamque    personam    et    deum    et    dominum    confiteri 
Christiana    ueritate    conpellimur    ita    tres    deos    aut    dominos    dicere 
catholica    religione    prohibemur.    pater    a    nuUo    est    factus    nee 
creatus    nee    genitus    filius    a    patre    solo    est    non    factus    nee    cre- 
atus    sed    genitus    spiritus    sanctus    a    patre    et    filio    non    factus    nee    creatus 
nee    genitus    sed    procedens    patri    et    filio    coaeternus    est 
unus    ergo    pater    non    tres    patres    unus    filius    non    iii.    filii    unus 
spiritus    sanctus    non   iii.   spiritus  sancti.   et  in    hac    trinitate    nihil  prius  aut    pos- 
terius    nihil    maius    aut    minus    sed    totae    tres    personae    coaeter- 
nae    sibi    sunt    et    coaequales    ita    ut    per    omnia    sicut    iam 
supradictum    est    et    trinitas    in    unitate    et    unitas    in    trinita- 
te   ueneranda    sit    qui    uult    ergo    saluus    esse    ita    de    trinitate 
sentiat    sed    neccessarium    est    ad    aeternam    salutem    ut 

incarnationem    quoque    domini    nostri     lesu    Christ!    fideliter    credat    est    ergo 
fides    recta    ut    credamus    et    confiteamur    quia    dominus    noster     lesus    Christus 
dei    filius    et    deus    pariter    et    homo    est    deus    est    ex    substantia    pa- 
tris  <ante  saecula  genitus>.  homo  est  ex  substantia  matris  in  saeculo  natus  per- 
fectus    deus    perfectus    homo    ex    anima    rationabili    et    humana 
carne    subsistens    aequalis    patri    secundum    diuinitatem    minor 
patre    secundum     humanitatem    qui    licet    deus    sit    et    homo    non 
duo  tamen  sed  unus  est  Christus.  unus  autem    non  conuers<    >ione  diui- 
nitatis    in    carne    sed    adsumptione    hum<a>nitatis    in    deo.     unus    omni- 
no    non    confusione    substantiae    sed    unitate    personae    nam 
sicut    anima    rationabilis    et    caro    unus    est    homo    ita    deus    et    homo 
unus    est    Christus    qui    passus    est    pro    salute    nostra    discendit    ad    in- 
[feros]    surrexit    a    mortuis    ascendit    ad    caelos    sedit    ad    dexte- 
[ram]    patris    inde    uenturus    iudicare    uiuos    ac    mortuos    ad    cuius 
aduentum    omnes    homines    resurgere    habent    in ,  corporibus 
suis    et    reddituri    sunt. 

1.  22.  ante  s.g.  in  marg. 
1.  26.  duae  litterae  ras. 

Cod.  Ambrosianus.  O.  212  sup.  fol.  14  verso. 


XXIII 


V 


I 


9 


Cod.  Ambrosianus  O.  212.  sup.,  fol.  14 f. 


•  ••• 


»•  ••  • 


XXIV 


§     5i^^ A<y^^'^ ' ^^^  ^"^*  ^^'^'^ ''"^  '''■^'^''    ' '''  ^c irrcue/n: 


K-»J«-^f'^- JW 


Cod.  Ambrosianus  O.  212.  sup.^  fol.  15 


PLATE    XXIV. 

de    factis    propriis    rationem    et    qui    bona    egerunt    [ibunt    in    uitamj 
aeternam    qui    mala    in    ignem    aeternum.    haec    est   fides    ca[tholica] 
quam    nisi    quisque    fideliter    firmiterque    crediderit    saluus    esse    non    [pote-] 
rit.       Lacta   mater    eum     qui    fecit    te    quia   talem    fecit    te    ut    ip[  ] 

in    te.       Lacta    eum    qui    fructum    foecunditatis    tibi    dedit    conceptus 
et    decus    uirginitatis    non    abstulit    natus.        Incipit    de    ascensione 

domini    nostri    lesu    Christi    sermo   dicendus. 
T^omini  nostri  lesu  Christi  aduentus  ac  discensio  multas  fratres  carissimi  nobis 
^-^  praestitit    festiuitates    nascitur   enim    primum.    magis    osten- 
ditur   post    paulo.    patitur.    resurgit.    ascendit.    ut    nos    cum    eo    nas- 
ceremur.    ac    cum    tripertitis    muneribus    nobis    ostensum    ado- 
raremus    similiter   crucifixi    cum    eo    resurgentesque    a   mortuis    cum 
illo   apud    ilium    per    ilium    ad    patrem    ascenderemus    in    caelos    haec 
nobis    praestat    Christi    humilis    dignatio    et    ideo    uel    nunc    eadem 
nobis   operatur   et    in<e>ffabili    Sacramento   semper   antiqua    innouat 
beneficia    nascamur    itaque    primum    et    nos    in    dei    filios    hoc    est 
baptismi    sacramenta   seruemus    et    in    uirtutum    pulchritudine 
dei    natiuitatem    inlibatam    custodiamus    ad    hoc    enim   filius    dei 
unicus    natus    est    ut    deo  filios   gratia    faceret.    secundo.    si    filii    dei 
sumus    unicum    dei    filium    qui    est    deus    uerus    cum    triplici    honore    uene- 
remur    et  trea   munera    diuina    regalia   humana   ei    mistice 
offe<ra>mus  quia   deus    est    tus    ei  deifico    cultu    fidelis    fumi    hoc  est   ora- 

tionis    indeclinabilis    uaporeum    calorem    ut    debitum    reddamus 

qui 
quia    rex    est    auro    cumul<a>ndus    est   aurum    sepe    pro    sensu    accipimus 

<sensu>    aureo    ergo    hoc    est   perfecto    scientiae    dona    regi    uero<off>eramus 

[  ]er   sic    de    illo    sentiamus    ut    quidquid    sumus    quidquid    habe- 

mus  totum  ei  debemus  <ipse  intellege  ?>  a  quo  esse  habemus  et  tributa  ei  a  quo  [ 

mur    non    solum    homines    sed    et    omnes    caelorum    militiae    soluamus 

fidem    quoque    hominis    eius    non    negemus   ut    trea    dona   ofiferendo 

placeamus  ac    ad    nostram    patriam    redire    mereamur   tertio    mor- 

tifican<do>    uolun<ta>tes   crucifigamur.       Cum    uero    dissurgant    cum    illo  e- 

ius   gentes    Cum    eodem   ascendere    mereamur    ad    caelos    hoc 

dlei    huius    opus    est    haec    hodierni    uirtus    est    ut    siquis    [  ]    de 

morte    surrexit    ascendat    surge    qui    dormis    [et    ex]surg[e] 

a    mortuis    dicit    apustolus    et    cont[inges]  Christum 

1.  15.  e  super  lin.  1.  25.  sensii  in  marg.     off.  super  lin.  in  raSr 

1.  22.  ra  in  marg.  1.  27.   ipse  inlelUge  (?)  super  lin. 

1.  24.  e  ut  videtur  scriptor,  a  corr.  ?    sepe  scriptor,  corr.  fortasse  quippe.       1.  31.  do,  ta  super  lin. 

Cod.  Ambrosianus  O.   212  sup.  fol.    15  recto. 


14  DAY  USE 

RETURN  TO  DESK  FROM  WHICH  BORROWED 

LOAN  DEPT. 

This  book  is  due  on  the  last  date  stamped  below,  or 

on  the  date  to  which  renewed. 

Renewed  books  are  subject  to  immediate  recall. 


JAN     4  1SSS9 


REC'D 


JANl3'fiR^4 


m. 


l,OAM  rippj 


^^,,.pMaRftR^/lO^^' 


■^\]l  9,  n  19B^- 


WW:^3K^^t^^-^^ 


LD  21A-60m-3,'65 
(F2386sl0)476B 


General  Library     _ 
UniTetsity  of  California 
Berkeley 


'S 


Facsimile!    oi  Tins  oro»ua 


iViJe35988 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  UBRARY 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 
BERKELEY 

Return  to  desk  from  which  borrowed. 
This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


8/un'54PV^ 

"?954LU 
REcn 


lAki 


UWV.  Of  CAt'^ 


lOAN 


BERK. 


LD  21-100m-ll,'49(B7146sl6)476 


-,^-.^.^t^,.^.^.,r^.ti^.„^